AN OFFERING STATEMENT PURSUANT TO REGULATION A RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS PRELIMINARY OFFERING CIRCULAR IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED BEFORE THE OFFERING STATEMENT FILED WITH THE COMMISSION IS QUALIFIED. THIS PRELIMINARY OFFERING CIRCULAR SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR MAY THERE BE ANY SALES OF THESE SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL BEFORE REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE LAWS OF SUCH STATE. THE COMPANY MAY ELECT TO SATISFY ITS OBLIGATION TO DELIVER A FINAL OFFERING CIRCULAR BY SENDING YOU A NOTICE WITHIN TWO BUSINESS DAYS AFTER THE COMPLETION OF THE COMPANY’S SALE TO YOU THAT CONTAINS THE URL WHERE THE FINAL OFFERING CIRCULAR OR THE OFFERING STATEMENT IN WHICH SUCH FINAL OFFERING CIRCULAR WAS FILED MAY BE OBTAINED.

 

PRELIMINARY OFFERING CIRCULAR DATED FEBRUARY 4, 2021

 

INNOVEGA INC

 

 

11900 NE 1st St, Ste. 300, Bellevue, WA 98005

(425) 214-7300

 

www.Innovega-inc.com

 

UP TO 5,000,000 SHARES OF SERIES A-1 PREFERRED STOCK

UP TO 5,000,000 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK INTO WHICH THE SERIES A-1 PREFERRED STOCK MAY CONVERT

 

PRICE: $3.00 PER SHARE

 

   Price to Public   Underwriting
discount
and commissions*
   Proceeds to issuer** 
Per share  $3.00   $0.255   $2.745 
Total Minimum  $750,000   $63,750   $686,250 
Total Maximum  $15,000,000   $1,275,000   $13,725,00 

 

*The Series A-1 Preferred Stock is convertible into Common Stock either at the discretion of the investor or automatically upon the occurrence of certain events, like effectiveness of a registration statement for the Common Stock in a qualified initial public offering, as hereinafter defined. The total number of shares of the Common Stock into which the Series A-1 Preferred Stock may be converted will be determined by dividing the original issue price per share by the conversion price per share. See “Securities Being Offered” at page 32 for additional details.

 

** The company has engaged SI Securities, LLC to serve as its sole and exclusive placement agent to assist in the placement of its securities. The company will pay SI Securities, LLC in accordance with the terms of the Issuer Agreement between the company and SI Securities, LLC, a copy of which is filed as an exhibit to the Offering Statement of which this Offering Circular is a part. If the placement agent identifies all the investors and the maximum number of shares is sold, the maximum amount the company would pay SI Securities, LLC is $1,275,000. This does not include transaction fees paid directly to SI Securities, LLC by investors. See “Plan of Distribution and Selling Securityholders” for details of compensation and transaction fees to be paid to the placement agent on page 12. Pursuant to the Issuer Agreement, Company shall pay to SI Securities, in cash, an amount equal to 8.5% of the value of Securities purchased by prospects in the Offering from the proceeds of the Offering (the “Compensation”) at each applicable closing (a “Closing”). SI Securities charges Prospects who make investments through the Online Platform a 2% non-refundable transaction processing fee, up to $300 (the “Transaction Fee”), and which company is not responsible for. The Transaction Fee is broken out as follows: i) 50% is meant to cover the financial and administrative costs associated with the processing of payments via Wire, ACH, and Debit transfers; and ii) the remaining 50% is meant to cover the financial and administrative costs of the related and subsequent reconciliation of cash and securities in Prospects accounts.

 

The company expects that the amount of expenses of the offering that it will pay will be approximately $75,000, not including commissions or state filing fees.

 

The company is selling shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock.

 

The company has engaged The Bryn Mawr Trust Company of Delaware as an escrow agent (the “Escrow Agent”) to hold funds tendered by investors, and assuming we sell a minimum of $750,000 in shares, may hold a series of closings at which we receive the funds from the Escrow Agent and issue the shares to investors. The offering will terminate at the earlier of: (1) the date at which the maximum offering amount has been sold, (2) one year from the date upon which the Securities and Exchange Commission qualifies the Offering Statement of which this Offering Circular forms a part, or (3) the date at which the offering is earlier terminated by the company in its sole discretion. In the event we have not sold the minimum number of shares by ——————, 2021 or sooner terminated by the company, any money tendered by potential investors will be promptly returned by the Escrow Agent. The company may undertake one or more closings on a rolling basis once the minimum offering amount is sold. After each closing, funds tendered by investors will be available to the company. The offering is being conducted on a best-efforts basis.

 

INVESTING IN THE SERIES A-1 PREFERRED STOCK OF INNOVEGA INC. IS SPECULATIVE AND INVOLVES SUBSTANTIAL RISKS. YOU SHOULD PURCHASE THESE SECURITIES ONLY IF YOU CAN AFFORD A COMPLETE LOSS OF YOUR INVESTMENT. SEE “RISK FACTORS” BEGINNING ON PAGE 5 TO READ ABOUT THE MORE SIGNIFICANT RISKS YOU SHOULD CONSIDER BEFORE BUYING THE SERIES A-1 PREFERRED STOCK OF THE COMPANY.

 

THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION DOES NOT PASS UPON THE MERITS OR GIVE ITS APPROVAL OF ANY SECURITIES OFFERED OR THE TERMS OF THE OFFERING, NOR DOES IT PASS UPON THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF ANY OFFERING CIRCULAR OR OTHER SOLICITATION MATERIALS. THESE SECURITIES ARE OFFERED PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION WITH THE COMMISSION; HOWEVER, THE COMMISSION HAS NOT MADE AN INDEPENDENT DETERMINATION THAT THE SECURITIES OFFERED ARE EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

 

GENERALLY, NO SALE MAY BE MADE TO YOU IN THIS OFFERING IF THE AGGREGATE PURCHASE PRICE YOU PAY IS MORE THAN 10% OF THE GREATER OF YOUR ANNUAL INCOME OR NET WORTH. DIFFERENT RULES APPLY TO ACCREDITED INVESTORS AND NON-NATURAL PERSONS. BEFORE MAKING ANY REPRESENTATION THAT YOUR INVESTMENT DOES NOT EXCEED APPLICABLE THRESHOLDS, WE ENCOURAGE YOU TO REVIEW RULE 251(d)(2)(i)(C) OF REGULATION A. FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ON INVESTING, WE ENCOURAGE YOU TO REFER TO www.investor.gov.

 

Sales of these securities will commence on approximately __________, 2021.

 

The company is following the “Offering Circular” format of disclosure under Regulation A.

 

In the event that we become a reporting company under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, we intend to take advantage of the provisions that relate to “Emerging Growth Companies” under the JOBS Act of 2012. See “Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.”

 

 
 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

SUMMARY 3
THE OFFERING 3
RISK FACTORS 5
DILUTION 9
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION AND SELLING SECURITYHOLDERS 12
USE OF PROCEEDS TO ISSUER 14
THE COMPANY’S BUSINESS 15
THE COMPANY’S PROPERTY 21
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 21
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND SIGNIFICANT EMPLOYEES 28
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS 30
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF MANAGEMENT AND CERTAIN SECURITY HOLDERS 31
INTEREST OF MANAGEMENT AND OTHERS IN CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS 32
SECURITIES BEING OFFERED 32
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019, AND 2018 39

 

In this Offering Circular, the term “Innovega”, “we”, “us”, “our” or “the company” refers to Innovega Inc.

 

THIS OFFERING CIRCULAR MAY CONTAIN FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INFORMATION RELATING TO, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE COMPANY, ITS BUSINESS PLAN AND STRATEGY, AND ITS INDUSTRY. THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS ARE BASED ON THE BELIEFS OF, ASSUMPTIONS MADE BY, AND INFORMATION CURRENTLY AVAILABLE TO THE COMPANY’S MANAGEMENT. WHEN USED IN THE OFFERING MATERIALS, THE WORDS “ESTIMATE,” “PROJECT,” “BELIEVE,” “ANTICIPATE,” “INTEND,” “EXPECT” AND SIMILAR EXPRESSIONS ARE INTENDED TO IDENTIFY FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS, WHICH CONSTITUTE FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS. THESE STATEMENTS REFLECT MANAGEMENT’S CURRENT VIEWS WITH RESPECT TO FUTURE EVENTS AND ARE SUBJECT TO RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES THAT COULD CAUSE THE COMPANY’S ACTUAL RESULTS TO DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE CONTAINED IN THE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS. INVESTORS ARE CAUTIONED NOT TO PLACE UNDUE RELIANCE ON THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS, WHICH SPEAK ONLY AS OF THE DATE ON WHICH THEY ARE MADE. THE COMPANY DOES NOT UNDERTAKE ANY OBLIGATION TO REVISE OR UPDATE THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS TO REFLECT EVENTS OR CIRCUMSTANCES AFTER SUCH DATE OR TO REFLECT THE OCCURRENCE OF UNANTICIPATED EVENTS.

 

2
 

 

SUMMARY

 

Overview

 

Innovega was incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware on June 16, 2008 as “Innovega Inc.” Innovega is developing a display eyewear system for Extended Reality (XR) applications, which include Augmented, Virtual and Mixed Reality. Innovega’s Extended Reality eyewear system comprises novel, disposable, smart contact lenses or surgically implanted intraocular lenses, and lightweight, stylish display eyewear. The company has developed prototype contact lenses, intraocular lenses, and display eyewear. Present contact lenses and intraocular lenses include proprietary two-state light polarizing filters and, in the future, may include other filter components. The display eyewear includes a microdisplay screen, electronics, operating software, and depending on the application may include cameras and other sensors. Innovega intends to license its display platform or sell proprietary components to companies that will produce and market Extended Reality lenses and eyewear for applications that could include quality of life enhancement for the sensory impaired, including the visually impaired and legally blind, for the hearing impaired, and for those suffering cognitive or other impairments. Other applications may relate to: anytime and anywhere information and entertainment; telecommunications; video gaming; defense, security and intelligence, and enterprise; surgical visualization and telemedicine; and athlete training and sports analytics.

 

The Offering

 

Securities offered: Maximum of 5,000,000 shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock
   
Securities outstanding before the Offering (as of January 15, 2021)
   
Common Stock 9,447,968 shares
   
Preferred Stock – Series Seed

3,518,238 shares

 

Securities outstanding after the Offering:

 

Common Stock 9,447,968 shares
Series Seed 3,518,238 shares
Series A-1 Preferred Stock 5,000,000 shares (1)
Series A-2 Preferred Stock 1,610,514 shares (2)
Series A-3 Preferred Stock 1,123,787 shares (3)

 

  (1) Assumes that all Series A-1 Preferred Stock is sold in this offering. The Board of Directors have approved the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the Company is in the process of obtaining the requisite shareholder consents to approve it. The Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation will, among other things, create a new series of Preferred Stock, designated Series A-1 Preferred Stock, consisting of 5,000,000 authorized shares. The Company cannot sell any shares of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock prior to the shareholder approval, the subsequent filing of the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the receipt of a filed stamped copy. Immediately preceding the initial closing of the offering, the company will file with the State of Delaware, a Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to among other things designate the Series A-1 Preferred Stock.
  (2) In 2019, $1,149,592.45 and $1,331,000 convertible notes were sold in two respective offerings. Each note earned an accrued 5% interest. The company expects these notes to convert into a total of 1,610,514 Series A-2 Preferred shares, assuming note interest is earned until a final date of March 31, 2021.
  (3) In 2019 and 2020, the company entered into SAFE agreements for $500,000 and $1,831,875 respectively. The company expects these agreements to convert into a total of 1,123,787 Series A-3 Preferred shares.

 

3
 

 

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

 

As an issuer with less than $1 billion in total annual gross revenues during our last fiscal year, we will qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”) and this status will be significant if and when we become subject to the ongoing reporting requirements of the Exchange Act upon filing a Form 8-A. An emerging growth company may take advantage of certain reduced reporting requirements and is relieved of certain other significant requirements that are otherwise generally applicable to public companies. In particular, as an emerging growth company we:

 

  will not be required to obtain an auditor attestation on our internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;
     
  will not be required to provide a detailed narrative disclosure discussing our compensation principles, objectives and elements and analyzing how those elements fit with our principles and objectives (commonly referred to as “compensation discussion and analysis”);
     
  will not be required to obtain a non-binding advisory vote from our shareholders on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements (commonly referred to as the “say-on-pay,” “say-on-frequency” and “say-on-golden-parachute” votes);
     
  will be exempt from certain executive compensation disclosure provisions requiring a pay-for-performance graph and CEO pay ratio disclosure;
     
  may present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, or MD&A; and
     
  will be eligible to claim longer phase-in periods for the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards.

 

We intend to take advantage of all of these reduced reporting requirements and exemptions, including the longer phase-in periods for the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards, and hereby elect to do so. Our election to use the phase-in periods may make it difficult to compare our financial statements to those of non-emerging growth companies and other emerging growth companies that have opted out of the phase-in periods under Section 107 of the JOBS Act.

 

Under the JOBS Act, we may take advantage of the above-described reduced reporting requirements and exemptions for up to five years after our initial sale of common equity pursuant to a registration statement declared effective under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or such earlier time that we no longer meet the definition of an emerging growth company. Note that this offering, while a public offering, is not a sale of common equity pursuant to a registration statement, since the offering is conducted pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements. In this regard, the JOBS Act provides that we would cease to be an “emerging growth company” if we have more than $1 billion in annual revenues, have more than $700 million in market value of our Common Stock held by non-affiliates, or issue more than $1 billion in principal amount of non-convertible debt over a three-year period.

 

Certain of these reduced reporting requirements and exemptions are also available to us due to the fact that we may also qualify, once listed, as a “smaller reporting company” under the Commission’s rules. For instance, smaller reporting companies are not required to obtain an auditor attestation on their assessment of internal control over financial reporting; are not required to provide a compensation discussion and analysis; are not required to provide a pay-for-performance graph or CEO pay ratio disclosure; and may present only two years of audited financial statements and related MD&A disclosure.

 

Selected Risks Associated with Our Business

 

Our business is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in the section titled “Risk Factors” immediately following this summary. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

  We are a comparatively early-stage company that has incurred operating losses in the past, expect to incur operating losses in the future, and may never achieve or maintain profitability.
  Our technology is not yet fully developed, and there is no guarantee that we will ever successfully develop the technology that is essential to our business.
  Our business plan is predicated on obtaining market clearance from the Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) under Section 510(k). Failure to receive market clearance with a first submission will significantly delay the time to first revenue and may require repeating clinical investigations and submissions pursuant to a market clearance.

 

4
 

 

  We could be adversely affected by product liability, product recall, personal injury or other health and safety issues.
  A lack of third-party reimbursement levels, from private or government agency plans, could materially and adversely affect our results of operations.
  We may be subject to patient data protection requirements.
  We operate in a highly competitive industry that is dominated by several very large, well-capitalized market leaders and the size and resources of some of our competitors may allow them to compete more effectively than we can.
  We rely on third-parties to provide services essential to the success of our business.
  We expect to continue to raise additional capital through equity and/or debt offerings to support our working capital requirements and operating losses.
  We are controlled by our officers and directors.
  In certain circumstances investors will not have dissenters’ rights.
  Immediately after this Series A-1 Preferred Stock investment, these holdings will be illiquid.
  Investors in this offering may not be entitled to a jury trial with respect to claims arising under the subscription agreement and Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, which could result in less favorable outcomes to the plaintiff(s) in any action under these agreements.

 

RISK FACTORS

 

The SEC requires the company to identify risks that are specific to its business and its financial condition. The company is still subject to all the same risks that all companies in its business, and all companies in the economy, are exposed to. These include risks relating to economic downturns, political and economic events and technological developments such as cyber-attacks and the ability to prevent such attacks. Additionally, early-stage companies are inherently more risky than more developed companies, and the risk of business failure and complete loss of your investment capital is present. You should consider general risks as well as specific risks when deciding whether to invest.

 

Risks Related to Our Company

 

The development and commercialization of the Company’s products and services are highly competitive. We face competition with regard to any products and services that we may seek to develop or commercialize in the future. Our competitors include major companies worldwide. The Augmented and Virtual Reality (AR/VR) markets are an emerging industry where new competitors are entering the market frequently. Many of the Company’s competitors have significantly greater financial, technical and human resources and may have superior expertise in research and development and marketing and may be better equipped than us to develop and commercialize services. These competitors also compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified personnel and acquiring technologies. Smaller or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies. Accordingly, our competitors may commercialize products more rapidly or effectively than we are able to, which would adversely affect its competitive position, the likelihood that our services will achieve initial market acceptance and our ability to generate meaningful additional revenues from our products and services.

 

Our expenses will significantly increase as we seek to execute and prove the current licensing business model. Although we estimate that we have enough working capital to fund activities into 2021, our plans are to increase our use of cash to hire additional staff, expand its Research and Development, Clinical and Regulatory efforts, and fund our other operations. Following the closing of this offering we will further increase our activities and expenses. Proving success of our business model will require significant effort and expenses. We will need to raise sufficient working capital to cover these new and higher expenses and if we cannot, we will not be able to execute on our current business model.

 

5
 

 

Outbreak of the novel coronavirus, COVID-19, has adversely impacted global commercial activity and contributed to significant declines and resulted in volatility in financial markets. The coronavirus pandemic and government responses are creating disruption in global supply chains and adversely impacting many industries. The outbreak could have a continued material adverse impact on economic and market conditions and trigger a period of global economic slowdown. The rapid development and fluidity of this situation precludes any prediction as to the ultimate material adverse impact of the novel coronavirus. Nevertheless, the novel coronavirus presents material uncertainty and risk with respect to our available funds, our performance, and our financial results.

 

Legislation and regulation have imposed restrictions and requirements on companies operating within the contact lens industry that could have an adverse effect on our business. The contact lens industry is regulated, and regulation may continue to constrain the industry. Rules and regulations may impose additional expenses on us may require the attention of senior management, and may result in fines if they are deemed to have violated any regulations. On the other hand, if regulations are loosened, it may be easier for new entrants to enter the market, which would increase the amount of competition that we face.

 

Contact lenses require regulatory clearance or approval. Contact lenses are regulated medical devices and require a market clearance or an approval from regulatory bodies. Our contact lens is worn during the waking hours and removed before sleep. Management expects it to be classified as a daily wear contact lens. Daily wear contact lenses are further classified as Class II, non-significant risk medical devices. Our contact lens will have a new indication for viewing a near-eye display. This new indication will require a clinical investigation to derive the evidence to support the claims of the indication. The final determination of the market clearances or approvals and the language of the claims for the indication is made by the respective regulatory bodies and there is no guarantee that the review of the clinical outcomes will result in a favorable granting of the clearance or approval for the new indication.

 

Our commercialization model depends on partner licensing and investment. Obtaining a significant number of new customer licensees is critical for our continued growth and operation. Because our technology has not previously been deployed in the marketplace, it is uncertain whether it will be accepted by prospective customer licensees and there is a risk that we will be unable to acquire and retain licensees due to a number of factors, including the proposed licensing fee, capital expenditure requirements, or questions surrounding commercial feasibility of our technology.

 

We are developing and we have yet to finalize the technologies that will allow commercial scale, and we may be unable to solve technical and other challenges that would allow our technology and designs to be economically attractive to prospective partner licensees. Although we have successfully built working prototypes, we have not demonstrated that our technology is viable on a commercial scale. Management has not applied the Company’s technology under commercial conditions or fabricated products in the volumes that will be required to be profitable. We cannot predict all of the difficulties that may arise. If we encounter significant engineering, clinical or other obstacles in preparing and launching its technology at commercial scale, our financial condition, cash flows, and results of operations could be adversely affected, and such effects could be material.

 

We have accrued approximately one million dollars in deferred compensation. If we choose to repay these deferred wages, the capital required could significantly impact our cash position and liquidity. This action might affect our ability to meet other financial obligations and meet our growth targets.

 

Widespread Augmented Reality and Virtual Reality adoption has been slower than expected over the past several years. Our success is dependent on consumer adoption of augmented and virtual reality, a relatively unproven market. If the rate of AR/VR adoption does not increase in the coming years, we may find a smaller market than expected for its products. We may incur substantial operating costs, particularly in sales and marketing and research and development, in attempting to develop these markets. If the market for our products develops more slowly than we expect, our growth may slow or stall, and our operating results would be harmed. The market for augmented reality is still evolving, and we depend on continued growth of this market. It is uncertain whether the trend of adoption of augmented reality that we have forecasted will be realized in the future.

 

6
 

 

Even if we raise the maximum amount of this Offering, we would still need additional capital. In order to achieve our near and long-term goals, we will need to procure funds in addition to the amount raised in the Offering. There is no guarantee that we will be able to raise such funds on acceptable terms or at all. If we are not able to raise sufficient capital in the future, we will not be able to execute our business plan, our continued operations will be in jeopardy and we may be forced to cease operations and sell or otherwise transfer all or substantially all of our remaining assets, which could cause an investor in the Offering to lose all or a portion of their investment.

 

We rely heavily on our technology and intellectual property; even so, we may be unable to adequately or cost-effectively protect or enforce our intellectual property rights, thereby weakening our competitive position and increasing operating costs. To protect our rights in our services and technology, we will rely on a combination of copyright and trademark laws, patents, trade secrets, confidentiality agreements with employees and third parties, and protective contractual provisions. We will also rely on laws pertaining to trademarks and domain names to protect the value of our corporate brands and reputation. Despite our efforts to protect proprietary rights, unauthorized parties may copy aspects of the services or technology, obtain and use information, marks, or technology that we regard as proprietary, or otherwise violate or infringe our intellectual property rights. In addition, it is possible that others could independently develop substantially equivalent intellectual property. If we do not effectively protect our intellectual property, or if others independently develop substantially equivalent intellectual property, our competitive position could be weakened. Effectively policing the unauthorized use of our services and technology is time-consuming and costly, and the steps taken by us may not prevent misappropriation of our technology or other proprietary assets. The efforts it has taken to protect its proprietary rights may not be sufficient or effective, and unauthorized parties may copy aspects of its services, use similar marks or domain names, or obtain and use information, marks, or technology that we regard as proprietary. We may have to litigate to enforce our intellectual property rights, to protect its trade secrets, or to determine the validity and scope of others’ proprietary rights, which are sometimes not clear or may change. Litigation can be time-consuming and expensive, and the outcome can be difficult to predict.

 

We may be unable to maintain, promote, and grow our smart lens and smart glasses brand through marketing and communications strategies. It may prove difficult for us to dramatically increase the number of customers that we serve or to establish ourselves as a well-known brand in the competitive, B2B augmented and virtual reality space. In this case we may not be able to successfully execute on our current licensing business model.

 

Risks Related to the Securities in this Offering

 

In certain circumstances investors will not have dissenters’ rights. The Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement that investors will execute in connection with the offering contains a “drag-along” provision whereby investors agree to vote any shares they own in the same manner as the majority holders of our other classes of stock. Specifically, and without limitation, if the majority holders of our other classes of stock determine to sell the company, depending on the nature of the transaction, investors will be forced to sell their stock in that transaction regardless of whether they believe the transaction is the best or highest value for their shares, and regardless of whether they believe the transaction is in their best interests.

 

Investors in this offering may not be entitled to a jury trial with respect to claims arising under the subscription agreement, the Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, which could result in less favorable outcomes to the plaintiff(s) in any action under these agreements. Investors in this offering will be bound by the subscription agreement and Second Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement both of which include a provision under which investors waive the right to a jury trial of any claim they may have against the company arising out of or relating to these agreements. By signing these agreements, the investor warrants that the investor has reviewed this waiver with his or her legal counsel, and knowingly and voluntarily waives the investor’s jury trial rights following consultation with the investor’s legal counsel.

 

7
 

 

If we opposed a jury trial demand based on the waiver, a court would determine whether the waiver was enforceable based on the facts and circumstances of that case in accordance with the applicable state and federal law. To our knowledge, the enforceability of a contractual pre-dispute jury trial waiver in connection with claims arising under the federal securities laws has not been finally adjudicated by a federal court. However, we believe that a contractual pre-dispute jury trial waiver provision is generally enforceable, including under the laws of the State of New York, which governs the subscription agreement and under the laws of State of Delaware which governs the Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement. In determining whether to enforce a contractual pre-dispute jury trial waiver provision, courts will generally consider whether the visibility of the jury trial waiver provision within the agreement is sufficiently prominent such that a party knowingly, intelligently and voluntarily waived the right to a jury trial. We believe that this is the case with respect to the subscription agreement and Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement. You should consult legal counsel regarding the jury waiver provision before entering into the subscription agreement and Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement.

 

If you bring a claim against the company in connection with matters arising under either the Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement or the subscription agreement, including claims under federal securities laws, you may not be entitled to a jury trial with respect to those claims, which may have the effect of limiting and discouraging lawsuits against the company. If a lawsuit is brought against the company under the either of these agreements, it may be heard only by a judge or justice of the applicable trial court, which would be conducted according to different civil procedures and may result in different outcomes than a trial by jury would have had, including results that could be less favorable to the plaintiff(s) in such an action.

 

Nevertheless, if this jury trial waiver provision is not permitted by applicable law, an action could proceed under the terms of the subscription agreement or Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement with a jury trial. No condition, stipulation or provision of the subscription agreement or Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement serves as a waiver by any holder of the shares or by us of compliance with any substantive provision of the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations promulgated under those laws.

 

In addition, when the shares are transferred, the transferee is required to agree to all the same conditions, obligations and restrictions applicable to the shares or to the transferor with regard to ownership of the shares, that were in effect immediately prior to the transfer of the Shares, including but not limited to the Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement or subscription agreement.

 

This investment is illiquid. There is no currently established market for reselling these securities. If you decide that you want to resell these securities in the future, you may not be able to find a buyer. You should assume that you may not be able to liquidate your investment for some time or be able to pledge these shares as collateral.

 

Upon a closing in this qualified offering, certain outstanding debt will automatically convert into shares of our preferred stock. In 2019, $1,149,592.45 and $1,331,000 convertible notes were sold in two respective offerings. Each note earned an accrued 5% interest. The company expects these notes to convert into a total of 1,610,514 Series A-2 Preferred shares, assuming note interest is earned until a final date of March 31, 2021. In 2019 and 2020, the company entered into SAFE agreements for $500,000 and $1,831,875 respectively. The company expects these agreements to convert into a total of 1,123,787 Series A-3 Preferred shares.

 

You will need to keep records of your investment for tax purposes. As with all investments in securities, if you sell our Series A-1 Preferred Stock at a profit or loss, you will probably need to pay tax on the long- or short-term capital gains that you realize, or apply the loss to other taxable income. If you do not have a regular brokerage account, or your regular broker will not hold our Series A-1 Preferred Stock for you (and many brokers refuse to hold securities issued under Regulation A) there will be nobody keeping records for you for tax purposes and you will have to keep your own records, and calculate the gain or loss on any sales of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock.

 

The value of your investment may be diluted if the company issues additional options. A pool of unallocated options is typically reserved for future employees, which affects the fully-diluted pre-money valuation for this offering. The price per share of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock has been calculated assuming a 1.67% post-money option pool, which may not account for all additional options the company will issue after the offering and may not provide adequate protection against the dilution investors may face due to such additional issuances. Any option issuances by the company over the 1.67% pool will lower the value of your shares. There is currently a total of 4,037,347 authorized shares available for option grants under the Company’s stock option plan.

 

8
 

 

DILUTION

 

Dilution means a reduction in value, control, or earnings of the shares the investor owns.

 

Immediate dilution

 

An early-stage company typically sells its shares (or grants options on its shares) to its founders and early employees at a low cash price, as they are typically putting their “sweat equity” into the company. When the company seeks cash investments from outside investors, the new investors typically pay a higher price for their shares than the founders or earlier investors.

 

The following table compares the price that new investors are paying for their shares with the effective cash price paid by existing shareholders, giving effect to full conversion of all outstanding convertible notes and assuming that the new shares are sold at $3.00 per share. The schedule presents number of shares and pricing as issued and reflects all transactions since inception, so investors can understand what they will pay for their investment compared to what earlier parties have paid.

 

The following table presents the approximate effective cash price paid for all shares and potential shares issuable by the company as of December 31, 2020.

 

   Date Issued   Issued Shares   Potential Shares  

Total Issued and

Potential Shares

   Effective Cash Price per Share at Issuance or
Potential Conversion
 
Common Shares:                         
Common Shares   2008    5,000,000    -    5,000,000   $0.0001 
Common Shares   2010    1,250,000    -    1,250,000   $0.0001 
Common Shares   2011    145,000    -    145,000   $0.1000 
Common Shares   2014    3,000,000    -    3,000,000   $0.0500 
Common Shares   2015    10,000    -    10,000   $0.0500 
Common Shares (1)   2018    2,968    -    2,968   $0.1120 
Common Shares (2)   2020    40,000    -    40,000   $0.0100 
                          
Preferred Shares:                         
Preferred Shares   2016    1,998,815    -    1,998,815   $1.6583 
Preferred Shares   2017    181,122    -    181,122   $1.6583 
Preferred Shares   2018    1,338,301    -    1,338,301   $1.6583 
                          
Convertible Notes:                         
Convertible Notes (3)   2019    -    1,610,514    1,610,514   $1.6683 
                          
SAFE Notes                         
SAFE Notes (4)   2019    -    240,963    240,963   $2.0750 
SAFE Notes   2020    -    882,824    882,824   $2.0750 
                          
Options:                         
2008 Equity Incentive Plan (5)        1,950,000    -    1,950,000   $0.2506 
                          
Warrants:                         
Warrants (6)        -    132,514    132,514   $0.0100 

 

(1) In 2019, the company issued 2,968 common shares to an employee exercising their option for their vested shares upon termination.
   
(2) In 2020, the company issued 40,000 common shares to a warrant holder exercising their right to purchase shares at an exercise price of $0.01 per share.

 

9
 

 

(3) Assumes conversion of all issued and outstanding convertible notes, plus accrued interest through March 31, 2021.
   
  During 2019, the Company issued convertible notes (2019 Notes) for total proceeds, net of issuance costs of $126,772, of $2,402,337. All notes have a maturity date of June 30, 2021, and accrue simple interest at 5% per annum. All notes have a 20% conversion discount of the original issue price of new preferred stock. The notes, and all accrued interest, can either be converted prior to their maturity date in the event of a Qualified Equity Financing with an aggregate sales price of not less than $750,000 (excluding the aggregated amount from the convertible notes), converted at any time by a majority vote of the noteholders, or automatically converts upon the maturity date.
   
  The outstanding principal amount of the 2019 Notes and accrued and unpaid interest is convertible at the option of a Majority in Interest of the Investors at any time into that number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock determined by dividing (x) $32,000,000 by (y) the number of Fully Diluted shares immediately prior to the Conversion. As a result, if the 2019 Notes were converted in full pursuant to this provision, we would issue approximately 1,309,278 shares of our Series A Preferred Stock which shares are convertible into 1,309,278 shares of the Company’s common stock.
   
  Additionally, in the event that as of the Maturity Date of the 2019 Notes or any portion of the 2019 Notes have not been converted, then the outstanding principal amount of and all accrued interest on the 2019 Notes shall automatically convert into that number of fully paid nonassessable shares of Series A Preferred Stock determined by dividing (i) the outstanding principal balance of the 2019 Note plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon as of the Maturity Date by (B) the number of Fully Diluted Shares immediately prior to the Maturity Date, rounded down to the nearest whole share. As a result, if the 2019 Notes were converted in full pursuant to this provision, we would issue approximately 1,324,329 shares of our Series A Preferred Stock which shares are convertible into 1,324,329 shares of the Company’s common stock.
   
  In the event of a Change of Control Transaction the 2019 Note the holder of the note would be entitled to receive at the option of the holder either (i) the principal amount of the note plus accrued and unpaid interest as of the date of the Change of Control Transaction or (ii) that number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Company’s most senior preferred stock outstanding of the change of Control Transaction as is determined by dividing the outstanding principal balance of the note plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon through the date of conversion by that amount per share representing a post-money valuation of the Company equal to the sum of 32,000,000 plus the principal amount of the note and any other outstanding notes plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon as of the date of such Change of Control Transaction.
   
(4) During 2019, the Company issued a SAFE note for total proceeds of $500,000. During 2020, the Company issued additional SAFE notes for total proceeds, net of issuance costs of $16,158, of $1,831,875 for cumulative total proceeds of $2,331,875. The notes will automatically convert to preferred stock upon either an Equity Financing or Liquidity Event. Preferred shares issued upon an Equity Financing event will convert at the Purchase Amount divided by the Safe Price of $2.075. Proceeds issued to SAFE note holders upon a Liquidity Event is the greater of the Purchase Amount or the amount payable calculated by the number of common shares equal to the Purchase Amount divided by the Liquidity Price of $2.075. If there is a Dissolution Event, the SAFE note holders are entitled to an amount greater to a portion of the proceeds equal to either the Cash-Out Amount (Purchase Amount) or the Conversion Amount (number of Common Shares equal to the Purchase Amount divided by the Liquidity Price).
   
(5) Options represent options issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 net of cancellations and exercises.
   
(6) In 2018 and 2019, the company issued 132,514 and 40,000 warrants, respectively, to Chardan Capital Markets and IRTH Communications. IRTH Communications exercised their right to purchase common shares in 2020.

 

The following table describes the dilution that new investors will experience when they invest in the company and relative to the company’s existing holders of securities. This calculation is based on the net tangible assets of the Company; as such calculations are based on net tangible book value of $(2,608,957), at December 31, 2019, and as summarized in our audited financial statements. Hence this table does not include shares or SAFE agreements issued in 2020.

 

Offering costs assumed in the following table includes up to $1,275,000 in commissions to SI Securities, LLC, as well as direct legal and accounting fees incurred in support of this Offering.

 

10
 

 

The table presents three amount raised scenarios: a $750,000 raise from this offering (the minimum offering), a $7,500,000 raise from this offering, and a fully subscribed $15,000,000 raise from this offering (the maximum offering).

 

    $750,000
Raise
    $7.5 Million
Raise
    $15.0 Million
Raise
 
Price per Share   $ 3.00     $ 3.00     $ 3.00  
Shares Issued     250,000       2,500,000       5,000,000  
Capital Raised   $ 750,000     $ 7,500,000     $ 15,000,000  
Less: Offering Costs   $ 165,750     $ 739,500     $ 1,377,000  
Net Offering Proceeds   $ 584,250     $ 6,760,500     $ 13,623,000  
Net Tangible Book Value Pre-financing as of December 31, 2019   $ (2,608,957 )   $ (2,608,957 )   $ (2,608,957 )
Net Tangible Book Value Post-financing   $ (2,024,707 )   $ 4,151,543     $ 11,014,043  
                         
Shares issued and outstanding pre-financing as of December 31, 2019 (1)     17,783,021       17,783,021       17,783,021  
Post-financing Shares Issued and Outstanding     18.033.021       20,283,021       22,783,021  
                         
Net Tangible Book Value per Share Prior to Offering   $ (0.15 )   $ (0.15 )   $ (0.15 )
Increase/(Decrease) per Share Attributable to New Investors   $ 0.03     $ 0.35     $ 0.63  
Net Tangible Book Value per Share After Offering   $ (0.11 )   $ 0.20     $ 0.48  
Dilution per Share to New Investors ($)   $ (3.11 )   $ (2.80 )   $ (2.52 )
Dilution per Share to New Investors (%)     -104 %     -93 %     -84 %

 

(1) Assumes conversion of all issued Convertible and SAFE Notes issued as of December 31, 2019, resulting in the issuance of an additional 2,734,301 shares. Also includes common shares outstanding and available for the stock option pool.

 

Future dilution

 

Another aspect of dilution is the dilution that happens due to future actions by the company. The investor’s stake in a company could be diluted due to the company issuing additional shares. In other words, when the company issues more shares, the percentage of the company that each investor owns will go down, even though the value of the company may go up. In that event, the investor will own a smaller piece of a larger company. This increase in number of shares outstanding could result from a stock offering (such as an initial public offering, another crowdfunding round, a venture capital round, or angel investment), employees exercising stock options, or by conversion of certain instruments (ex. convertible bonds, preferred shares or warrants) into stock.

 

If the company decides to issue more shares, an investor could experience value dilution, with each share being worth less than before, and control dilution, with the total percentage an investor owns being less than before. There may also be earnings dilution, with a reduction in the amount earned per share, although earnings per share typically occurs only if the company offers dividends, and most early-stage companies are unlikely to offer dividends, preferring to invest any earnings into the company.

 

The type of dilution that hurts early-stage investors most occurs when the company sells more shares in a “down round,” meaning at a lower valuation than in earlier offerings. The example provided below is hypothetical and for illustrative purposes only:

 

In June 2017 Jane invests $20,000 for shares that represent 2% of a company valued at $1 million.
In December, the company is doing very well and sells $5 million in shares to venture capitalists on a valuation (before the new investment) of $10 million. Jane now owns only 1.3% of the company but her stake is worth $200,000.
In June 2018, the company has serious problems and in order to continue to operate raises $1 million at a valuation of only $2 million (the “down round”). Jane now owns only 0.89% of the company and her stake is worth only $26,660.

 

11
 

 

This type of dilution might also happen upon conversion of convertible notes into shares. Typically, the terms of convertible notes issued by early-stage companies provide that in the event of another round of financing, the holders of the convertible notes get to convert their notes into equity at a “discount” to the price paid by the new investors. They receive more shares than the new investors would for the same price because of their earlier investment which may have been associated with greater risk. Additionally, convertible notes may have a “price cap” on the conversion price, which effectively acts as a share price ceiling. Either way, the holders of the convertible notes receive more shares for the same dollar amount of investment than new investors receive. In the event that the financing is a “down round” the holders of the convertible notes will dilute existing equity holders, and even more than the new investors do, because they get more shares for their money. Investors should pay careful attention to the number of convertible notes that the company has issued and may issue in the future, and the terms of those notes.

 

If you are making an investment expecting to own a certain percentage of the company or expecting each share to hold a certain amount of value, it’s important to realize how the value of those shares can decrease by actions taken by the company. Dilution can make drastic changes to the value of each share, ownership percentage, voting control, and earnings per share.

 

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION AND SELLING SECURITYHOLDERS

 

Plan of Distribution

 

The company is offering a minimum of 250,000 and up to 5,000,000 shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock (the “Shares”) on a “best efforts” basis at a price of $3.00 per share. The minimum subscription is $999. SeedInvest Auto Invest participants may subscribe at a lower investment minimum of $198.

 

The company has engaged SI Securities, LLC as its sole and exclusive placement agent to assist in the placement of its securities. SI Securities, LLC is under no obligation to purchase any securities or arrange for the sale of any specific number or dollar amount of securities.

 

Commissions and Discounts

 

The following table shows the total discounts and commissions payable to the placement agents in connection with this offering assuming we raise the maximum amount of offering proceeds:

 

   Per Share 
     
Public offering price  $3.00 
Placement Agent commissions  $0.255(1)
Proceeds, before expenses, to us  $2.745

 

  (1) SI Securities, LLC will receive commissions of 8.5% of the offering proceeds.

 

Other Terms

 

Except as set forth above, the company is not under any contractual obligation to engage SI Securities, LLC to provide any services to the company after this offering, and has no present intent to do so. However, SI Securities, LLC may, among other things, introduce the company to potential target businesses or assist the company in raising additional capital, as needs may arise in the future. If SI Securities, LLC provides services to the company after this offering, the company may pay SI Securities, LLC fair and reasonable fees that would be determined at that time in an arm’s length negotiation.

 

SI Securities, LLC intends to use an online platform provided by SeedInvest Technology, LLC, an affiliate of SI Securities, LLC, at the domain name www.seedinvest.com (the “Online Platform”) to provide technology tools to allow for the sales of securities in this offering. SI Securities, LLC will charge you a non-refundable transaction fee equal to 2% of the amount you invest (up to $300) at the time you subscribe for our shares. This fee will be refunded in the event the company does not reach its minimum fundraising goal. In addition, SI Securities, LLC may engage selling agents in connection with the offering to assist with the placement of securities.

 

12
 

 

Selling Security holders

 

No securities are being sold for the account of security holders; all net proceeds of this offering will go to the company.

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

VStock Transfer, LLC has been engaged to be the transfer agent for the Series A-1 Preferred Stock and maintains shareholder information on a book-entry basis. We will not issue shares in physical or paper form.

 

Investors’ Tender of Funds and Return of Funds

 

After the Commission has qualified the Offering Statement, the company will accept tenders of funds to purchase the Series A-1 Preferred Stock. The company may close on investments on a “rolling” basis (so not all investors will receive their shares on the same date), provided that the minimum offering amount has been met. Tendered funds will remain in escrow until both the minimum offering amount has been reached and a closing has occurred. However, in the event we have not sold the minimum number of shares by or sooner terminated by the company, any money tendered by potential investors will be promptly returned by the Escrow Agent. Upon closing, funds tendered by investors will be made available to the company for its use.

 

In the event that it takes some time for the company to raise funds in this offering, the company may rely on cash on hand, or may seek to raise funds by conducting a new offering of equity or debt securities.

 

In order to invest you will be required to subscribe to the offering via the Online Platform and agree to the terms of the offering, the subscription agreement, Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement and any other relevant exhibits attached thereto.

 

Provisions of Note in Our Subscription Agreement and Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement

 

Our subscription agreement and Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement include forum selection provisions that require any claims against the company based on the subscription agreement and/or Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement not arising under the federal securities laws to be brought in a court of competent jurisdiction in the State of New York. These forum selection provisions may limit investors’ ability to bring claims in judicial forums that they find favorable to such disputes and may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims. The company has adopted these provisions to limit the time and expense incurred by its management to challenge any such claims. As a company with a small management team, this provision allows its officers to not lose a significant amount of time travelling to any particular forum so they may continue to focus on operations of the company.

 

Jury Trial Waiver

 

The subscription agreement and Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement provide that subscribers waive the right to a jury trial of any claim they may have against us arising out of or relating to the subscription agreement. By signing the subscription agreement and Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, the investor warrants that the investor has reviewed this waiver with the investor’s legal counsel, and knowingly and voluntarily waives his or her jury trial rights following consultation with the investor’s legal counsel. If we opposed a jury trial demand based on the waiver, a court would determine whether the waiver was enforceable given the facts and circumstances of that case in accordance with applicable case law.

 

13
 

 

USE OF PROCEEDS TO ISSUER

 

Assuming a maximum raise of $15,000,000, the net proceeds of this offering would be approximately $13,623,000 after subtracting estimated offering costs of $1,275,000 to SI Securities, LLC in commissions, $22,000 in audit fees, $5,000 in Edgarization fees and $75,000 in legal fees. We intend to use the proceeds respective to this maximum raise to fund receipt of United States Food and Drug Administration (FDA) market clearance of the iOptik® smart contact lens and to support our partners to commercially launch the smart lenses and display eyewear for the visually impaired including the legally blind patient market in the United States. Following these planned events for the US market, we plan to seek market registrations in Europe and the United Kingdom and support our future licensees to commercially launch the smart contact lenses and display eyewear in these respective regions. We plan to deploy more than $4,000,000 for intellectual property and engineering to produce reference designs for applications that extend beyond those for the visually impaired including the legally blind market.

 

Assuming a raise of $7,500,000, representing 50% of the maximum offering amount, the net proceeds would be approximately $6,760,500 after subtracting estimated offering costs of $637,500 to SI Securities, LLC in commissions, $22,000 in audit fees, $5,000 in Edgarization fees, and $75,000 in legal fees. In such event we would use the proceeds respective to this 50% raise to fund receipt of U.S. FDA market clearance of the iOptik smart contact lens and to support our future licensees to commercially launch the smart contact lenses and display eyewear for the visually impaired including the legally blind patient market in the United States. We would also begin regulatory submissions for market registrations in Europe and the United Kingdom while not budgeting support for the respective launches. We would develop intellectual property for next applications while minimizing engineering costs for reference designs for next applications.

 

Assuming a raise of the minimum of $750,000, representing 5% of the maximum offering amount, net proceeds would be approximately $584,250 after subtracting estimated offering costs of $63,750 to SI Securities, LLC in commissions, $22,000 in audit fees, $5,000 in Edgarization fees, and $75,000 in legal fees. In such event we would use the proceeds respective to this 5% raise to fund receipt of an initial 510(k) U.S. FDA market clearance while minimizing our expenses related to, (i) final market clearance of the iOptik smart contact lens, (ii) hiring of new staff to support commercial partners, (iii) marketing activities and engineering activities pursuant to reference designs for applications beyond eyewear for the visually impaired including the legally blind patient market. Based on raising the minimum of $750,000, the company does not believe it will have sufficient funds to operate through the end of 2021, and management would need to seek additional forms of financing.

 

Please see the table below for a summary of the company’s intended use of capital and net proceeds from this offering:

 

Percent   Minimum Offering
$750,000 Raise
      $7,500,000 Raise       Maximum Offering
$15,000,000 Raise
Allocation   Use Category   %   Use Category   %   Use Category
28%   Payroll   23%   Engineering Projects   26%   Engineering Projects
28%   Clinical Projects   22%   Payroll   21%   Clinical Projects
20%   Engineering Projects   19%   Clinical Projects   20%   Payroll (1)
9%   General Administrative   16%   General Administrative   14%   General Administrative
8%   Offering Expenses   10%   Offering Expenses   9%   Offering Expenses
7%   Facilities and Equipment   6%   Working Capital   7%   Working Capital
0%   Working Capital   4%   Facilities and Equipment   3%   Facilities and Equipment

 

(1)Upon realization of a minimum raise of at least $10,000,000 before December 31, 2021 (gross proceeds before commissions), we plan to use 5% of the gross proceeds to reduce payroll-related, balance sheet liabilities. Payments may specifically include reduction of Current Accrued Expenses and of reduction of Long-term Accrued Deferred Wages. Certain of these payments may be used to reduce accrued liabilities to company officers.

 

14
 

 

The company reserves the right to change the above intended use of proceeds if management believes it is in the best interests of the company.

 

THE COMPANY’S BUSINESS

 

Overview

 

Innovega was incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware on June 16, 2008, as “Innovega Inc.” Innovega is developing a product solution architecture for Extended Reality (XR) eyewear which includes the categories of Augmented, Virtual and Mixed Reality. The Extended Reality eyewear is enabled by a novel smart contact lens or a surgically implanted intraocular lens. We developed and have prototype contact lenses, intraocular lenses and prototype display eyewear. These contact lenses and intraocular lenses include proprietary two-state light polarizing filters and the display eyewear include proprietary features and operating software. Innovega intends to license its technology to companies who will produce and market the Extended Reality system for applications including anytime and anywhere information and entertainment; telecommunications; gaming; defense, security and intelligence, enterprise; surgical visualization and telemedicine; athletic training and sports analytics; and quality of life enhancement for the sensory impaired including the visually impaired and legally blind, hearing impaired and those suffering cognitive impairment.

 

Our Background

 

Our business is based on our foundational patent, METHOD AND APPARATUS TO PROCESS DISPLAY AND NON-DISPLAY INFORMATION, US patent number 8,520,309, issued August 27, 2013, and more than 35 additional US and international patent cases. Our founding philosophy is that the resolution, field of view, and 3D potential of a wearable display is enhanced by placing the focusing optics on or in the eye; the bulk and weight of display eyewear is reduced by eliminating the optics from the eyewear; the conflict between the alignment of the eyes (vergence) and the focusing of the eyes (accommodation) is eliminated with the extended depth of field of the eye-borne optics; and, gaze tracking that is required for advanced mixed reality is more efficient with the use of a system based on fiducials placed on or in the contact lens.

 

We believe that the future of Extended Reality eyewear is dependent on the eyewear being lightweight and stylish and the optics being customized for the majority of potential users. We believe that one-size fits all display eyewear will not be any more successful than one-size-fits-all glasses would be. We hold that the geometric diversity of human facial features and head shapes will significantly impact the success of mass-produced one-size-fits-all display eyewear.

 

We believe that artificial intelligence systems will facilitate the cost-efficient delivery of customized smart contact lenses and display eyewear. High-precision patient specific contact lenses or intraocular lenses along with display eyewear will provide the performance defined as necessary for user acceptance of display eyewear. It is our assessment that for Innovega eyewear to be truly scalable they require a high degree of advanced engineering and systems for fitting along with novel user centered software and interfaces.

 

It is our view that patient specific display eyewear will prove to be clinically superior over the long term while also alleviating the known challenges in the acceptance of generic display eyewear. We believe that display eyewear should be designed and optimized to fit each user and in doing so will exceed the capabilities of even the most well-designed generic display systems. We believe that the use of patient specific display eyewear will, over time, reduce complication and failure rates and enhance the forecast growth of Extended Reality eyewear in the post mobile phone era.

 

Principal Products and Services

 

Our primary business includes licensing its intellectual property and know-how resulting from the process of design, prototyping, testing and patenting smart contact lenses; smart intraocular lenses; gaze tracking; sound management components; display eyewear; and computer program products that enable high resolution, full field of view, free eye-movement, obstruction free peripheral visual field, lightweight and stylish display eyewear; along with, auditory and visual sensory enhancement systems for display eyewear.

 

15
 

 

Innovega also provides for fee engineering services and consultation services to display eyewear licensees and to distribution partners in the ophthalmic industry for the purpose of enhancing the success rate with the smart contact lenses and intraocular lenses.

 

The Innovega technology driven fitting systems will eliminate the subjective differences in the measurement, selection and fitting of contact lenses and eyewear. The Innovega fitting system is intended to result in the selection of the same contact lens and eyewear size parameters at any location or by any personnel who assist the end user who will be wearing the contact lenses and display eyewear. Novel fitting instrumentation is in development by Innovega for the purpose of predicting the contact lens and eyewear parameters as well as presets for the viewing of the images in the eyewear. The contact lenses and display eyewear may be fit without our enabling technology. We believe that higher user satisfaction, better extended eyewear performance, and reduced fitting time will be experienced with our system for fitting the contact lenses and eyewear. The enabling fitting technology may be sold separately to eye care practitioners and fitting centers.

 

We intend to license the manufacture of the contact lenses and intraocular lenses to large, established ophthalmic industry leaders who are already approved manufacturers and have decades of product specific manufacturing expertise. We intend to license to FDA registered ISO 13485 approved manufacturers with the proper Quality Management Systems and product specific expertise for the contact lenses and intraocular lenses.

 

We intend to license the manufacture of the display eyewear to industry leaders for the various applications and to their respective original equipment manufacturers when applicable. The potential licensees include providers in the fields of anytime and anywhere information and entertainment; telecommunications; gaming; defense, security and intelligence, enterprise; surgical visualization and telemedicine; athletic training and sports analytics; and quality of life enhancement for the sensory impaired including the visually impaired and legally blind, hearing impaired and those suffering cognitive impairment.

 

Market

 

Our first target market is the visually impaired population who are in need of vision enhancement to improve their independence and quality of life. We developed the iOptik® smart contact lens and the eMacula® display eyewear system to provide the widest field of view in a wearable image amplification system. We believe that the eyewear, produced and distributed by a global leader in electronic aids for the visually impaired, will be the leading solution for the significantly growing population of those affected by Age-Related Macular Degeneration (AMD), diabetic retinopathy, and other conditions causing central vision loss.

 

The majority of visually impaired patients are female and 60 years of age and older and the prevalence accelerates above age 60 because of the impact of AMD. The current number of those suffering from some form of AMD in the United States is approximately 11 million people and expected to reach 22 million people by 2050. As the US population ages, led by the baby boomers who comprise 73 million of the US population, a strong correlative affect in AMD cases is predicted. The risk of vision impairing AMD between the ages of 50-59 is only 2% and increases to over 30% for those over 75. The number of people living with AMD globally is approximately 196 million and set to increase to 288 million by 2040. The substantial increase is due, mainly, to the large aging population as well as the increase in life expectancy.

 

Visually impaired patients need assistance to maintain employment and independent living. The segment younger than 70 have the greatest need to support their employment and productivity. Those over age 70 have the need for independent living and quality of life.

 

Most patients who will be using our technology are expected to be over the age of 55 and many of these patients would rely on insurance coverage to pay for their treatment. Partial reimbursement for services is in place for those covered by Medicare. The Medicaid program through States Department of Rehabilitation provide coverage for children through working adults. The two largest vision care plans, Vision Service Plan and EyeMed, provide partial coverage for medically necessary contact lenses and low vision devices for rehabilitation. Further, the Veterans Health Administration report coverage for rehabilitation assessment and training to improve independence and quality of like, low vision devices and training in their use, and electronic and mechanical aids including adaptive computers and computer-assisted devices such as reading machines and electronic aids.

 

16
 

 

Management believes that the market growth for wearable display aids for the visually impaired will be greater than the growth of the overall population with visual impairment primarily because of the limited market penetration of the current competitors. In particular, we have paid close attention to the market uptake of the current generation of competitive products. While no independent analysis reporting the number of users of competitive products has been sourced, we believe the total of all of the brands combined in use by the visually impaired in the U.S. is approximately 10,000. We believe the low penetration of wearable display devices for the visually impaired is due to the narrow field of view, low resolution, bulky and unattractive appearance, need to employ improved software and user interface technology, and need to personalize the fitting characteristics of the display eyewear.

 

Our management believes that wearable display image enhancement technology penetration for the visually impaired is inordinately low. Management believes that customized display eyewear with wide field of view and high resolution, with advanced software and user interface design in lightweight and stylish eyewear will significantly change the desire of low vision specialists to prescribe wearable display technology for their visually impaired patients. The demand for vision enhancement is present in the majority of visually impaired individuals who are otherwise healthy and driven to live more active and independent lifestyles or to perform at higher levels in their academic and vocational pursuits. Innovega’s technology is a medical device and will be prescribed by low vision specialists rather than purchased over the counter, online or through less sophisticated delivery systems. We believe we are in a prime position to capitalize on this underserved and growing market with the technology and product infrastructure we are developing.

 

Competition

 

The current competitive landscape in the low vision device market is saturated with solutions that have been proven to increase patients’ vision and quality of life albeit in a narrow field of view, high price point, and enclosed in a heavy head mounted device. Currently, the leading brands of competitive products include eSight, IrisVision, Eyedaptic, Acesight, NuEyes and Jordy. IrisVision offers a headset form factor with a wide field of view with the drawback of being heavy and socially isolating. The remainder are in an eyewear form factor while sharing negative performance and appearance limitations including a field of view that is approximately one-half of the Innovega technology, lower display resolution, greater weight and an obtrusive appearance when compared to the Innovega solution.

 

Management is not aware of any other solution in the market that can enable the visually impaired to see 20/20 equivalent in normal surroundings and when reading at a normal distance with as large a field of view, as high a resolution, and while weighing under two ounces.

 

Our Innovative Approach

 

Innovega’s principal innovation over our competition will be our ability to produce customized and personalized extended reality eyewear for the visually impaired to enable the time efficient fitting, training and adaptation to the wearable technology. The product solution architecture that we are developing will enable rapid fabrication and mass personalization of the contact lens enabled wearable display technology. The optical approach of removing the optics from the eyewear and placing them on or in the eye is fundamental to expanding the field of view while removing the bulk and weight from the eyewear.

 

The Innovega technology platform includes – multi-patented smart contact lenses and display eyewear configurations – methods of personalizing the eyewear size parameters – software algorithm for image capture, enhancement and presentation – user interface designed with a sensitivity and understanding of the needs of the visually impaired. The eyewear captures high resolution images while the operating system stabilizes the image, reduces latency, and presents the images on the wide and high-resolution displays in the location required for each eye of each user.

 

17
 

 

We believe that Innovega’s features and enhancements will improve the user experience over the current eyewear in use while also appearing like normal spectacle eyewear. Specifically, the Innovega system is designed to respect normal head tilt and eye positions while enabling the user to see their world at the same distances that normally sighted individuals see. The eyewear is designed by ophthalmic professionals with years of experience in fitting glasses and the user interface and software are the product of input from low vision specialists and visually impaired patients. The camera, processors, power sources, connectivity components and display technology are all available and supported by large global component manufacturers.

 

Our design engineers incorporated large databases of head, eye, nose and ear location and size information to develop the parameters for the display eyewear and fitting system. Our team members with previous global market leading contact lens designs and products developed the lens materials, methods of manufacturing to include the patented two-state light polarizing filter, the rotationally stabilized lens design, and the systems and methods of fitting the novel iOptik contact lens.

 

Generic one-size-fits-all AR and VR glasses for the visually impaired ignore the geometric diversity of human heads, human nose shapes and sizes, human eye locations, and human ear heights and locations. The result is eyewear that is far too large for those with small heads and to narrow for those with wide heads. The universal size eyewear generally sits too far in front of the face and are experienced as heavy on the nose. Several designs require a head-strap or head-band to secure the heavy eyewear to the head. To our knowledge, there is currently no commercially viable offering for customizing display eyewear in the same manner that normal spectacle eyewear is personalized. All current systems fail to solve the eyestrain caused by vergence-accommodation conflict for users with two eyes. Most systems attempt to manage the differences in the distribution of human eye separation by enlarging the usable optical port of their systems which in turn exacerbates the vergence-accommodation conflict by reducing the depth of field.

 

Our iOptik contact lens approach provides for a smart contact lens containing a two-state light polarizing filter and a micro-lens. The two-state light polarizing filter separates the display light from the non-display normal vision light and the micro-lens focuses the display light while the non-display light path has normal vision correction or no correction for those who do not have a prescription. The iOptik contact lens is a disposable lens and it is prescribed using the same examination that eye care practitioners use for fitting soft disposable lenses to correct astigmatism.

 

Our eyewear design approach includes a fitting system to determine the correct frame size, correct temple length, correct bridge size and location, the correct display position relative to the separation of the eyes, and the correct presets for the camera and display position when performing a number of different visual tasks. We engineered the frame design to produce the thinnest and lightest eyewear with the support of seasoned eyewear frame designers in concert with mechanical and electronic engineers. The novel solutions for resolving the placement of the components while respecting the ultimate goal of normal eyewear appearance are a major achievement.

 

Feasibility clinical studies at the Ohio State University with fully sighted and visually impaired subjects provided valuable feedback for the design of the iOptik contact lenses and display eyewear. The feedback is incorporated in design changes, software development and user interface design and development. We are in the final phases of product design and development with a global leader in electronic devices for the visually impaired with a target first product launch upon and subject to receiving our FDA market clearance for the iOptik contact lens. Provided we receive FDA market clearance, the launch date is forecast for the first quarter of 2022.

 

Sales and Marketing

 

The specific sales process for each of our product applications is based on the strategy and go-to-market model of our licensees.

 

Visually impaired market application

 

The company is employing a licensing business model. The intellectual property including the pending and issued patents, know how, and trade secrets will be licensed to strategic partners who will distribute the contact lenses and display eyewear. In some cases, the partner may also undertake manufacturing or may use third parties for manufacturing the eyewear or contact lenses. We are in the negotiation process with a licensee candidate for the display eyewear and in discussions with licensee candidates for the contact lenses.

 

18
 

 

The forecast launch of the contact lenses and eyewear is the first quarter of 2022. The preferred licensee will have an existing global sales organization. The serial launch of products is dependent on regulatory approval of the contact lenses in each country. The first launch is forecast for the United States market with the first target customers including institutional providers of low vision care which incorporate an established reimbursement model. The sales effort is planned to expand to the independent low vision specialists who are often in private optometric or ophthalmology practices.

 

The US launch will be followed by launches in the United Kingdom and Europe, the remainder of North, Central and South America, East Asia and the rest of the world. Low vision specialists are easily identified for conventional direct sales. Professional services functions are needed to support practitioner training and successful prescribing of the system.

 

The contact lens manufacturing will be transferred from Innovega to one of the contact lens licensee candidates upon execution of a license agreement and transfer of the manufacturing technology. The licensee will be an existing contact lens manufacturer who has an FDA site approval for manufacturing contact lenses. The licensee is not expected to provide a robust sales and marketing function; rather, they will be trained to provide the support to the eye care professional for proper fitting and case management of the iOptik contact lenses used in conjunction with the eyewear for the visually impaired.

 

Follow on applications

 

Additional applications of the Innovega technology will follow the concentrated focus on the visually impaired market.

 

The applications for sports training and performance, first responder – intelligence – and defense, surgical visualization and telemedicine, enterprise occupational productivity enhancement, telecommunications and anytime-anywhere information and entertainment, and gaming will proceed as the scalable cost of goods reduces for the eyewear and the contact lenses. Management plans to proceed in each application with a licensing model to allow the market leaders to add the Innovega technology to their existing product offerings and channel strength.

 

Contact lens and display eyewear fitting system technology

 

Innovega may license its technology fitting system to institutions and licensed independent eye care practitioners to enable the fitting of the iOptik contact lens and the Extended Reality eyewear. The outcomes from the fitting of the iOptik contact lenses, intraocular lenses, and Extended Reality eyewear will be integrated for constant improvement of design, operating systems and user interfaces.

 

Personalized Extended Reality Eyewear

 

The Innovega eyewear fitting technology platform intends to automate the parameter selection and presets of the camera to display system using automated digital image analysis algorithms. These algorithms auto-segment images and auto-generate eyewear parameter recommendations that are sent to the eyewear manufacturer to select from inventory the patient-specific eyewear and to preset the display preferences. Innovega is focusing on patient specific eyewear parameter selection and presets due to the clear clinical benefit from personalization.

 

The contact lens fitting technology may be used in each clinic to provide suggested first lens parameters by entering existing usual and customary clinical data that is captured during a contact lens evaluation by eye care professionals. Image capture of iOptik contact lenses on-eye having markings is used to refine the final contact lens prescription.

 

Manufacturing

 

The Extended Reality eyewear for the visually impaired may be manufactured and distributed by the licensee of the Innovega technology. This model substantially reduces the need and use of capital by us.

 

19
 

 

Quality Assurance

 

Our license agreements with licensees will stipulate quality control requirements along with warranty provisions and indemnification clauses.

 

The contact lens manufacturing and distribution licensee shall have the relevant ISO certification and FDA site approval. Good Manufacturing Practices including a Quality System and a Clinical Evaluation Plan are required.

 

Research and Development

 

Research and development (R&D) initiatives that are underway include: materials research, contact lens component development, contact lens manufacturing process development, contact lens metrology; display eyewear industrial design, photonics and electronic design and engineering, and software and user interface development

 

R&D amounted to $757,830 and $709,838 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. In 2018, the majority of our R&D expenses were related to costs incurred developing the filter component of the novel contact lenses and in engineering for reference designs for the display eyewear. In 2019, the majority of our R&D related expenses were related to manufacturing processes for the contact lenses and development of working eyewear prototypes respective to the reference designs. From January 1, to September 30, 2020, we spent $597,512 on R&D. During 2021 and 2022, we estimate we could spend more than $3 million from the maximum proceeds from this offering to fund future R&D initiatives.

 

Employees

 

Five employees work from our lab facility at 6181 Cornerstone Court, Suite 103, San Diego, CA 92121, and four employees report to our corporate office at 11900 NE 1st Street, Suite. 300, Bellevue, WA 98005. Additional permanent support is provided by parties who are consultants to the company.

 

Regulation

 

Medical products and devices are regulated by the United States Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”) in the United States and can be regulated by foreign governments for devices sold internationally. The Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act and regulations issued by the FDA regulate testing, manufacturing, packaging, and marketing of medical devices. Under the current regulations and standards, we believe that our products and devices are subject to general controls, including compliance with labeling and record-keeping rules. In addition, our medical devices require pre-market clearance, which for our daily wear contact lenses, classified as non-significant risk or Class II devices, will require a 510(k) premarket notification submission.

 

Further, our licensees’ manufacturing processes and facilities are also subject to regulations, including the FDA’s QSR requirements (formerly Good Manufacturing Practices). These regulations govern the way we manufacture our products and maintain documentation for our manufacturing, testing and control activities. In addition, to the extent our licensees manufacture and sell products abroad, those products are subject to the relevant laws and regulations of those countries.

 

Finally, the labeling of the contact lenses, the promotional activities and marketing materials are regulated by the FDA and various state agencies. Violations of regulations promulgated by these agencies may result in administrative, civil or criminal actions against us or our licensee manufacturers by the FDA or governing state agencies.

 

Innovega has not yet received clearance to market its contact lenses in the United States (FDA) or internationally, and as such is not currently selling and distributing any products. Innovega has engaged a regulatory consulting group and Contract Research Organization, ForeSight Regulatory Strategies, Inc., to assist with its 510(k) premarket notification submission for our iOptik contact lens. We hope to submit to the FDA our 510(k) premarket notification submission for our lens material for standard indications in the second quarter 2021. We expect to submit to the FDA a de novo submission for our iOptik lens for viewing a near eye display within 3 months of the closing of this offering. Notably this timeline assumes that we raise at least $5,000,000 from this offering. Please see our “Risk Factors” regarding risks related to our company with the regulatory process.

 

20
 

 

Intellectual Property

 

Innovega currently holds 14 issued US patents and 2 registered trademarks, iOptik® and eMacula®. The following table reports the US Patent and Trademark Office issued patents, published applications, and filed patents that are not yet published.

 

Issued US Number   Title
10,261,342   Contact lens and method and systems for constructing a contact lens
9,874,765   Method and apparatus for constructing a contact lens with optics
9,869,884   Contact lens
9,348,151   Molded lens with nanofilaments and related methods
9,251,745   System and apparatus for see-through display panels
9,040,923   Eye-tracking system and related methods
8,922,898   Molded lens with nanofilaments and related methods
8,922,897   System and apparatus for see-through display panels
8,888,279   Method and apparatus for constructing a contact lens with optics
8,786,520   System and apparatus for display panels
8,520,309   Method and apparatus to process display and non-display information
8,482,858   System and apparatus for deflection optics
8,441,731   System and apparatus for pixel matrix see through display panels
8,142,016   Method and apparatus for constructing a contact lens with optics

 

Published Pending   Title
20190346691   Contact lens and method and systems for constructing a contact lens
20190179154   System and apparatus for see-through display panels
20180129073   Contact lens
20180107023   Method and apparatus for constructing a contact lens with optics
20180090052   Non-uniform resolution, large field of view headworn display
20170337706   Gaze tracking system with contact lens fiducial
20170307892   Transparent projection screen

 

Unpublished Pending   Title
15/693119   High resolution transparent display
16/675710   Apparatus and methods for molding lenses
16/822302   Article of manufacture including occlusion ring and polarizer
16/830852   Apparatus and methods for pixelated occlusion
16/915951   Display eyewear with auditory enhancement
16/915985   Display eyewear with adjustable camera direction

 

Litigation

 

From time to time, the company may be involved in a variety of legal matters that arise in the normal course of business. The company is not currently involved in any litigation, and its management is not aware of any pending or threatened legal actions relating to its intellectual property, conduct of its business activities, or otherwise.

 

See “Risk Factors” for a summary of risks our company may face in relation to litigation against our company.

 

THE COMPANY’S PROPERTY

 

The company leases office space at 6181 Cornerstone Court, Suite 103, San Diego, CA 92121 which serves as its laboratory, and at 11900 NE 1st Street, Suite 300, Bellevue, WA 98005 which serves as its corporate headquarters. Innovega intends to expand its facilities in San Diego in the near future.

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 and for fiscal years ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2019, is presented in conjunction with our financial statements and the related notes included in this Offering Circular. The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our current expectations, plans, estimates, and beliefs. Actual results and timing of events could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements due to a number of factors, including those discussed in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Offering Circular.

 

21
 

 

Overview

 

Innovega, Inc. has developed a proprietary and innovative smart contact lens and eyewear system for Extended Reality applications. The company is planning to address needs of visually impaired patients, as well as requirements defined by broader augmented, virtual and mixed reality applications.

 

Results of Operations

 

Period ended September 30, 2020 Compared to Period ended September 30, 2019

 

The company did not generate any revenues in either 2019 or 2020, during the respective periods ended September 30, and consequently also did not incur any cost of goods sold.

 

The company’s operating expenses consist primarily of research and development, clinical and regulatory costs, general and administrative, and business development expenses. General and administrative costs primarily consist of salaries and benefits of administrative employees, office expenses, legal fees, and other consultants. Research and development costs primarily consist of salaries and benefits of scientific and engineering staff, office expenses for research facilities, research supplies and materials, and consultants. Clinical and regulatory costs primarily consist of salaries and benefits of scientific and engineering staff, supplies and materials, and consultants. Business development costs primarily consist of salaries and benefits of business development employees, marketing expenses, and travel and conference costs.

 

General and administrative expenses increased $95,537 to $495,835 for the period ended September 30, 2020 from $400,298 for the period ended September 30, 2019. This 24% increase was primarily driven by higher legal fees.
   
Clinical and regulatory expenses increased $192,125 to $252,690 for the period ended September 30, 2020 from $60,565 for the period ended September 30, 2019. This 317% increase was primarily driven by consultant fees and subcontracted services.
   
Research and development expenses increased $22,976 to $597,512 for the period ended September 30, 2020 from $574,536 for the period ended September 30, 2019. This 4% increase was primarily driven by increased support overhead (wages, contract labor and lab supplies) mostly offset by savings in supplies and materials and consultant fees.
   
Business Development expenses decreased $39,932 to $130,742 for the period ended September 30, 2020 from $170,674 for the period ended September 30, 2019. This 23% decrease was primarily driven by reduced travel costs, wages and consultant fees.
   
Interest expense increased $116,862 to $162,260 for the period ended September 30, 2020 from $45,398 for the period ended September 30, 2019. This 257% increase was due to the issuance of additional convertible notes issued by the company in Q4. See “Liquidity and Capital Resources” below.

 

As a result of the foregoing, the company generated a net loss of $1,635,586 for the period ended September 30, 2020 compared to a net loss of $1,240,912 for the period ended September 30, 2019. A 32% increase in net loss.

 

Since the end of the period covered by our financial statements, our legal and professional, wages, payments to contractors, clinical and regulatory costs, and interest expenses are expected to increase in connection with this Offering.

 

22
 

 

Year ended December 31, 2019 Compared to Year ended December 31, 2018

 

We did not generate any revenues in 2019, in contrast to revenue of $67,673 in 2018, from certain NIH grants ending that year. The cost of goods sold in 2018, consisted of direct and contract labor, consultant fees, and direct materials and supplies associated with the grant.

 

Our operating expenses consist primarily of research and development, clinical and regulatory costs, general and administrative, and business development expenses. General and administrative costs primarily consist of salaries and benefits of administrative employees, office expenses, legal fees, and other consultants. Research and development costs primarily consist of salaries and benefits of scientific and engineering staff, office expenses for research facilities, research supplies and materials, and consultants. Clinical and regulatory costs primarily consist of salaries and benefits of scientific and engineering staff, supplies and materials, and consultants. Business development costs primarily consist of salaries and benefits of business development employees, marketing expenses, and travel and conference costs.

 

General and administrative expenses decreased $57,277 to $572,628 for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $629,905 for the year ended December 31, 2018. This 9% decrease was primarily driven by a $52,932 decrease in stock option compensation expense.
   
Clinical and regulatory expenses increased $47,996 to $90,713 for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $42,717 for the year ended December 31, 2018. This 112% increase was primarily driven by increased wages and consultant fees pursuant to the commencement of the FDA clearance process.
   
Research and development expenses increased $47,992 to $757,830 for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $709,838 for the year ended December 31, 2018. This 7% increase was primarily driven by increased wages and consultant fees partially offset by savings in supplies and materials.
   
Business Development expenses increased $25,128 to $221,640 for the year ended December 31, 2019, from $196,512 for the year ended December 31, 2018. This 13% increase was primarily driven by increased public relations spending.
   
Interest expense increased $99,958 to $114,167 for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $14,209 for the year ended December 31, 2018. This 703% increase was due to the issuance of additional convertible notes issued by the company in 2019 and the $48,516 amortization of the convertible note issuance costs. See “Liquidity and Capital Resources” below.

 

As a result of the foregoing, the company generated a net loss of $1,745,437 for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to a net loss of $1,582,518 for the year ended December 31, 2018; a 10% increase in net loss.

 

Legal and professional, wages, payments to contractors, clinical and regulatory costs, and interest expenses are expected to increase in connection with this Offering when compared to the end of the period covered by our financial statements,

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

As of December 31, 2019, and September 30, 2020, the company’s cash on hand was $1,665,454 and approximately $1,942,000, respectively. The company is currently not generating any revenue and requires continued new capital to continue business operations.

 

The company has recorded losses since inception and as of December 31, 2019 had a stockholders’ deficit of $8,402,836. The company plans to continue to raise additional capital through crowdfunding offerings, equity issuances, or any other method available to the company. Absent additional capital, the company may be forced to significantly reduce expenses and could become insolvent.

 

From January 1 to September 30, 2020, the company’s monthly use of cash was approximately $162,000. The company estimates that if it does not raise any additional funds, it could continue at this rate of expenditures and operations through August 2021. The company estimates that if it raised the maximum amount sought in this offering and without raising further capital, it could continue at this rate of monthly expenditures and operations for more than five years. From time to time, company Board of Directors and management will assess needs, market conditions, and opportunities, and may adjust its operating plan and use of funds respectively.

 

23
 

 

Issuances of Equity, Convertible Notes, Other Indebtedness

 

Since inception, the company has primarily funded operations through the issuance of equity securities, convertible notes, and SAFE notes.

 

The company received total proceeds of $5,341,106 from issuances of Preferred Stock in the years 2017 through 2018. The company also received total proceeds of $149,089 from issuances of Common Stock from inception through December 31, 2019.

 

The company has issued both convertible debt and SAFE notes. In 2019, the company issued convertible promissory notes and SAFE notes for proceeds of $2,402,337 (net of issuance costs of $78,256) and $500,000, respectively. In 2020, and as of September 30, 2020, the company issued an additional $1,831,875 SAFE notes.

 

The combined principal amount and the accrued interest of these notes was $2,480,592 and $63,498 as of December 31, 2019.

 

Loan costs are amortized over the loan period. The unamortized balance of the loan costs as of December 31, 2019, was $78,256. The accrued interest on the convertible notes was $63,498 and $145,606 as of December 31, 2019, and September 30, 2020, respectively.

 

All convertible notes have a maturity date of June 30, 2021, accrue simple interest at 5% per annum, and have a 20% conversion discount of the original issue price of new preferred stock. The valuation at time of conversion is further adjusted to the minimum of 20% discount to valuation of the new preferred stock financing, or $32,000,000. The notes, and all accrued interest, can either be converted prior to their maturity date in the event of a Qualified Equity Financing with an aggregate sales price of not less than $750,000 (excluding the aggregated amount from the convertible notes), converted at any time by a majority vote of the noteholders, or automatically converts upon the maturity date. All outstanding convertible notes and SAFE notes will automatically convert into preferred stock as a result of the initial closing of the Offering.

 

The Company had a shareholder note in the amount of $100,000 which was fully repaid in 2020, together with $19,627 of accrued interest. In 2020, the Company borrowed $100,000 from company CEO, Stephen Willey, in the form of a Promissory note, earning an interest rate of 1% per month.

 

In 2020, the Company borrowed $112,420 from the US Small Business Administration under the Payroll Protection Program (PPP). The company expects the majority of this loan to be forgiven.

 

Plan of Operations and Milestones

 

In 2020, the company achieved the following:

 

Built working prototypes to enable prospective licensees and partners to test the smart contact lenses and prototype display eyewear
Approached the leading supplier to the visually impaired including the legally blind patient market; developed a go-to-market plan, and took first steps in completing and executing a license agreement
Developed and refined contact lens manufacturing processes to improve lens performance and yield pursuant to reducing the cost of manufacturing
Gained IRB approval for the clinical investigation for the US FDA 510(k) for the lens material for standard indications and commenced enrollment of the first subjects.
Fabricated and delivered the Test contact lenses to investigational sites for the 510(k) clinical investigation

 

24
 

 

During the first three quarters of 2020, Innovega management operated the company in a way that consumed working capital at the same rate established in 2019. During this period, capital was deployed as approximately:

 

  Research and Development, Clinical and Regulatory, Patent Development: 40%
  Business Development, Legal, Finance and Accounting: 35%
  Facilities, Overhead: 25%
  Burdened total payroll expenses were approximately 50% of overall expenses.

 

Management set the following seven milestones for 2021:

 

Engineering Activities

 

Collaborate with our licensee candidate to design their display eyewear with goal of delivering maximum value to visually impaired patients
Refine contact lens fabrication processes in advance of the de novo FDA clinical investigation, enabling subsequent delivery of manufacturing systems and methods to planned contact lens licensee partner

 

Clinical Activities

 

Fabricate smart glasses to be used in the de novo FDA clinical investigation in conjunction with the Test iOptik contact lens
Conduct parallel clinical testing and design optimization of the iOptik contact lenses
Conduct Part 1 (510k) and Part 2 (de novo) of Phase III US FDA clinical investigations
Conduct a beta clinical investigation in collaboration with the licensee candidate with visually impaired subjects

 

Corporate Activities

 

Enter into formal license agreements for the manufacture and distribution of each of smart glasses and smart contact lenses; and as required, develop supply chain agreements to enable delivery of key materials and components to licensee partners

 

To deliver on the milestones described above, the company plans to hire into key roles that may include the following:

 

Display Engineer

Senior Materials or Manufacturing Automation Engineer

Software Engineer

Director Finance, Accounting, and Administration

 

To accommodate this expanded team, the company will need to increase the size and capability of the facilities.

 

The company plans to improve awareness of the company through expansion of its external digital marketing team.

 

Management expects to start to increase expenses in early 2021. Total expenses are forecast to approach a 100% increase in monthly costs by the end of 2021, subject to the returns from this offering.

 

25
 

 

Trend Information

 

i)Markets

 

The company’s business prospects will be affected by the backdrop of market opportunities and industry dynamics. The author of an article published on April 25, 2020 by VentureBeat referenced the following key elements of recent analyst forecasts relating to VR and AR markets:

 

Virtual Reality (VR)

 

Sales of VR headset in 2020, will fall below sales in 2018. The bulk and uncomfortable nature of all existing headsets has greatly disappointed users who expected that over time the form-factor would improve. It has not.

 

This information is important as it suggests that the failure of this market presents the need for the Innovega technology. Success of the market appears to be dependent on the solution to a handful of practical comfort and performance limitations that exist today. Oculus remains the only supplier of consequence. Company management believe the Company can develop VR smart glasses that users would find more suitable in conjunction with its focus on Augmented Reality glasses which will participate in a forecast much larger and varied market

 

Augmented Reality (AR)

 

By the end of 2019, 900 million users had downloaded AR applications onto their smartphones. By 2024, it is believed that this number of users could grow to over 2.5 billion.

 

This information is important to the company since the growth of AR will depend on the value and return on investment delivered to users. In turn, the value to the user will depend on the quality of the device, the interface to it, and the applications that are available. The growing base of AR-enabled smartphones will encourage developers to make available new and useful applications and content. Analysts forecast new generations of smart glasses that will directly leverage this vital base of applications and content.

 

Consumer smart glasses will initially be tethered to smart phones and thus access their content and capabilities. Apple has described its plan to release smart glasses in or around 2022. If this occurs, it is forecast that smart glasses sales could reach tens of millions of units by 2024, and AR revenues could increase from a present $8 billion to $60 billion.

 

This information is important to the Company since consumer smart glass markets cannot grow until the AR ecosystem has been developed. Apple, Google and Facebook have described their intent to develop these ecosystems. The company believes that these systems must be fully available for smart glasses developers to offer the required value to consumers. The Company’s go to market plan is waiting for the development of the ecosystem and applications before it commits to consumer products.

 

Developers of smart glasses have responded to the lack of mass market ecosystem by identifying vertical markets where a tailored application can be developed. Microsoft has had limited success in commercializing its Hololens headset for use by enterprise workers and more recently by the military. Analysts estimate that sales of enterprise smart glasses will remain in the hundreds of thousands of units through 2021, but could reach millions of units by 2024.

 

The company believes that pre-2023, its management should place its focus on delivering high value to select vertical markets

 

Since vertical markets will depend on well-defined bundled applications, the majority of revenues will be earned from sale of smart glasses hardware and in Innovega’s case, smart contact lenses.

 

This information suggests the company should follow a commercial launch strategy of delivering smart glasses hardware reference designs and our smart contact lenses to one or more vertical markets having well-documented and under-served needs.

 

Consistent with these forecasts, the company selected the visually impaired including the legally blind patient community whose needs are well-documented and under-served. This is a non-enterprise application that enables the company to avoid the high level of competition that is already building in the enterprise sector. Following a success in serving the visually impaired patients, the company plans to expand to other vertical health care markets including the hearing impaired, dual sensory losses and other healthcare delivery markets.

 

Opportunities exist in licensing the company technology for use in larger vertical markets such as public safety and prosumer applications after proving its business model in one or more health care markets. The progressive market development opportunity is enhanced when ecosystems are available for broad consumer markets. Management plans to monitor opportunities to seek partners for licensing its technology for mass market applications.

 

26
 

 

ii)Operations

 

The company expects to receive revenues from up to three sources:

 

License fees or Investment from manufacturers and distributors of smart lenses and smart glasses
Engineering and Clinical support fees from licensees that need support in product development, preparation for manufacturing, and market development
Unit Royalties based on glasses and contact lens sales

 

A licensee candidate invested a total of $1,000,000, by way of $500,000 under the company’s 2019 Convertible Debenture program, and $500,000 under the company’s 2019 SAFE investment program,

 

In 2020, the company also earned it first service-based revenues for supporting strategic partner needs. This effort began during the latter half of 2020 and the company received approximately $110,290 for Innovega R&D and Clinical consulting services. We expect to continue to receive profit-earning revenues for these services.

 

Royalties are typically paid upon the commercial sale of product, and the company could earn royalties from the sale of each pair of smart glasses, and recurring royalties on the sale if its iOptik disposable contact lenses. Management started on the path of commercial development of smart glasses and contact lenses for the target visually impaired including the legally blind market. The company and its licensee candidate must complete product development and preparation for manufacture before these items can be sold and royalties paid. In addition, the Company must secure a US FDA market clearance to allow the sale of the contact lenses and the contact lens manufacturing and distribution license must be completed.

 

Relaxed Ongoing Reporting Requirements

 

If we become a public reporting company in the future, we will be required to publicly report on an ongoing basis as an “emerging growth company” (as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, which we refer to as the JOBS Act) under the reporting rules set forth under the Exchange Act. For so long as we remain an “emerging growth company”, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other Exchange Act reporting companies that are not “emerging growth companies”, including but not limited to:

 

not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;
   
taking advantage of extensions of time to comply with certain new or revised financial accounting standards;
   
being permitted to comply with reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in the company’s periodic reports and proxy statements; and
   
being exempt from the requirement to hold a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

 

If we become a public reporting company in the future, we expect to take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years, although if the market value of our Common Stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any June 30 before that time, we would cease to be an “emerging growth company” as of the following December 31.

 

If we do not become a public reporting company under the Exchange Act for any reason, we will be required to publicly report on an ongoing basis under the reporting rules set forth in Regulation A for Tier 2 issuers. The ongoing reporting requirements under Regulation A are more relaxed than for “emerging growth companies” under the Exchange Act. The differences include, but are not limited to, being required to file only annual and semiannual reports, rather than annual and quarterly reports. Annual reports are due within 120 calendar days after the end of the issuer’s fiscal year, and semiannual reports are due within 90 calendar days after the end of the first six months of the issuer’s fiscal year.

 

27
 

 

In either case, we will be subject to ongoing public reporting requirements that are less rigorous than Exchange Act rules for companies that are not “emerging growth companies”, and our shareholders could receive less information than they might expect to receive from more mature public companies.

 

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND SIGNIFICANT EMPLOYEES

 

Name   Position   Age   Date Appointed to Current Position   Approximate hours per week for part-time employees
Executive Officers                
Stephen Willey (1)   Chief Executive Officer, President, Director   66   6/4/2008   N/A
Dr. Jerome Legerton (2)   Chief Clinical and Regulatory Officer, Secretary, Director   74   2/14/2010   N/A
Independent Directors                
Shane Kim (3)   Director   58   2/28/2018   N/A
Jeff Bradley (4)   Director   56   11/9/2020   N/A
Significant Employees                
Jay Marsh   Vice President Engineering   49   6/3/2014   N/A
Hsiang Lee   Senior Process Development Engineer   41   10/5/2020   N/A

 

(1) Officer Designee

(2) Officer Designee

(3) Common Shareholder Designee

(4) Series Seed Preferred Shareholder Designee

 

Stephen Willey, MBA, M.A.Sc. - Chief Executive Officer, President, and Director

 

Stephen Willey is a co-founder of Innovega Inc. and accepted the role of Director in 2008, and CEO in 2011. Since 2011, his duties have included the company’s financing, accounting, and administration. After earning graduate degrees in engineering and business, Mr. Willey led founding teams in 5 companies and successfully delivered innovation to global customers. In 1994, he co-founded Microvision International Inc., and served as president, eventually listing both the company and its subsidiary, Lumera, on the NASDAQ exchange. He served as founding board member of listed company, eDispatch, and interim CEO of listed company and telematics pioneer, AirIQ. Furthermore, he participated significantly in companies that launched innovations in cellular technology and video gaming, with eventual sale of these companies to strategic partners such as Motorola. Mr. Willey received an MBA degree from the University of California, in Los Angeles and an M.A.Sc (Engineering) degree from The University of British Columbia.

 

Jerome A. Legerton, OD, MS, MBA, FAAO - Chief Clinical and Regulatory Officer, Secretary, Director

 

Dr. Legerton is co-founder of Innovega Inc and co-inventor of the iOptik® smart contact lens and eMacula® wearable display technology. Dr. Legerton was the managing partner of the largest multi-specialty optometric practice in California during his 26 years in practice. He served as the Director of Clinical Research for Pilkington Barnes Hind, a multinational manufacturer and distributor of contact lenses and as Vice President, Advanced Technology and Market Development for Paragon Vision Sciences. He is the co-inventor of Paragon CRT® the global leader in overnight corneal reshaping and myopia control. Dr. Legerton is the co-founder and lead inventor for SynergEyes Inc. and served as their Chief Technology Officer and Executive Vice President. Dr. Legerton is an inventor on 57 issued US patents and contact lenses from his patents are registered in more than 45 countries. He is honored with the American Optometric Association Outstanding Achievement Award; the American Academy of Optometry Founders’ Award; the Contact Lens Manufacturers Association Trailblazers Award; and the Orthokeratology Academy of America Achievement Award.

 

28
 

 

Shane Kim – Director

 

Shane Kim is a Director of Innovega and has served in this capacity since 2017. As a strategic and operational leader in the interactive entertainment industry, Mr. Kim spent the majority of his 20-year career at Microsoft in its Xbox business, including leading Microsoft Game Studios, the publisher of leading industry franchises such as Halo and Age of Empires. From 2011 to 2019, Mr. Kim was a member of the board directors of GameStop, the world’s leading videogame and entertainment software retailer, and served as Interim Chief Executive Officer for 10 months during 2018 and 2019. Mr. Kim received Bachelor of Arts degrees in Economics and International Relations from Stanford University and a Master’s Degree in Business Administration from Harvard Business School.

 

Jeff Bradley – Director

 

Jeff Bradley is a Director of Innovega, and has served in this capacity since November 8, 2020. Mr. Bradley is currently a strategic advisor to other companies including Globys, Inc. as well as serving as a Board Director for the United Way of King County. Mr. Bradley retired from AT&T in June 2019 after 17 years of service. During the majority of his AT&T career, Mr. Bradley had responsibility for its smart device portfolio, network services marketing, and 3rd party developer program. This experience resulted in broad relationships across the technology ecosystem. Mr. Bradley, ended his career with responsibility for AT&T’s west region retail sales and distribution which included over 1000 stores and 6000 employees. Mr. Bradley earned his BA in Economics from Stanford University in 1986, where he was also a two-time Pac 10 champion wrestler.

 

Jay Marsh – Vice President Engineering

 

Jay P. Marsh is the Vice President, Engineering and has served in this role since 2014, after joining the company in 2013, as Director of Engineering. Mr. Marsh actively manages the Research and Development laboratory which is responsible for contact lens process development, filter and eyewear development including software, and clinical supply manufacturing. Prior to joining Innovega, Mr. Marsh worked for 16 years with Advanced Projects Research, Inc. as VP of Engineering, developing technologies under government contracts related to laser based and optical diagnostics for combustion research, unsteady combustion propulsion systems, Li-Ion battery energy management, and wind tunnel related systems. Mr. Marsh received his BS in Engineering in 1994, from Mercer University, and his Master of Science in Mechanical Engineering in 2004, from California State Polytechnic University, Pomona.

 

Hsiang Lee - Senior Process Development Engineer

 

Hsiang Lee is Sr. Process Development Engineer in Innovega and has served in this role since June, 2020. Ms. Lee leads contact lenses manufacturing process development in the company. Prior to joining Innovega, Hsiang was Product Manager in ASAP Manufacturing from 2018 to 2020. Ms. Lee was responsible for eyewear packaging development, sourcing and formulating logistics solutions for the customers. From 2017 to 2018, Ms. Lee was Product Development Engineer for Infantino, a baby product company, where she utilized her process optimization and cost engineering expertise to shorten product development cycles and reduce product cost. Hsiang received her B.S. degree in Materials Science from National Tsing Hua University in Taiwan. She received a M.S. in Industrial Engineering from Texas A&M University.

 

29
 

 

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, we compensated our three highest-paid directors and executive officers as follows:

 

Name and Position  Capacities in
which
compensation was
received
   Cash
compensation ($)
   Other
compensation ($)(5)
   Total
compensation ($)
 
Stephen Willey, CEO, President, Director                -    $179,712.00(1)   -   $179,712.00 
Dr. Jerome Legerton, Chief Clinical and Regulatory Officer, Secretary, Director   -    $179,712.00(2)   -   $179,712.00 
Jay Marsh, Vice President Engineering   -    $165,000.00(3)   8,637.53(4)  $173,637.53 

 

(1) Mr. Willey is an exempt employee and was compensated at the rate of $90 per hour.

 

(2) Dr. Legerton is an exempt employee and was compensated at the rate of $90 per hour.

 

(3) Mr. Marsh is an exempt employee and was compensated at the rate of $79.33 per hour.

 

(4) Mr. Marsh received $8,637.63 of Other compensation by way of transfer of company liability – as defined under Innovega’s documented, Extra-effort Program - to supplementary employee income. These transfers are offered as a staff incentive and paid upon demonstrated completion of pre-defined milestones.

 

(5) Subsequent event: On January 11, 2021, Mr. Marsh, Dr. Legerton, and Mr. Willey received Other compensation based on Innovega’s Extra-effort Program of $10,000, $15,000, and $15,000 respectively.

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, there were four directors, comprising Mr. Willey and Dr. Legerton who were on this date, and remain at this time executive officers, plus two independent and non-executive directors, Shane Kim and Jeff Bradley.

 

Stock Option Plan

 

In 2008, the Company adopted the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (the Equity Incentive Plan) that provides for the issuance of up to 1,000,000 incentive and nonqualified common stock options to employees, directors, officers, and consultants of the Company. As of January 1, 2016, the Company had authorized the issuance of up to 1,950,000 incentive and nonqualified common stock options. On June 11, 2017, the Company authorized an additional 1,952,732 shares of common stock for issuance under the Plan. As of December 31, 2017, there were 2,231,274 shares available for grant under the Plan. The Equity Incentive Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock option and non-statutory stock options awards to eligible recipients. Recipients of incentive stock options shall be eligible to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price equal to no less than the estimated fair market value of such stock on the date of grant. The contractual term of options granted under the Equity Incentive Plan is four years. The options generally vest over the requisite service period of four years. The following table summarizes the Company’s stock option activity.

 

Outstanding at January 1, 2018   1,671,458 
Granted during the year   200,000 
Exercised during the year   (2,968)
Canceled during the year (forfeited)   (14,532)
Canceled during the year (expired)   (3,958)
      
Outstanding at December 31, 2018   1,850,000 
      
Vested at end of year   982,093 
Shares expected to vest   867,907 
      
Vested and expected to vest   1,850,000 
      
Granted during the year   100,000 
Exercised during the year   - 
Canceled during the year (forfeited)   - 
Canceled during the year (expired)   - 
      
Outstanding at December 31, 2019   1,950,000 
      
Vested at end of year   1,443,761 
Shares expected to vest   506,239 
      
Vested and expected to vest   1,950,000 

 

30
 

 

The weighted-average grant-date fair value per share of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, was $0.38. The per share intrinsic value for December 31, 2019 and 2018, was $19,445 and $2,758, respectively.

 

During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, 461,678 and 662,500 options vested, respectively, with weighted-average grant-date fair value per share at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, of $0.25 and $0.24, respectively.

 

At December 31, 2019, there were 506,239 unvested options outstanding that have a weighted-average life of 7.3 years, which have a weighted-average grant-date fair value per share of $0.24. For the period from April 2009 through December 31, 2019, the Company granted 800,000 stock options to consultants.

 

Included in the total stock options granted to consultants, the Company granted 90,000 stock options, which contained performance conditions that must be achieved in order for the stock options to vest. In accounting for stock options with performance conditions, the Company assesses the probability that performance conditions will be achieved and, if probable, compensation cost is accrued and recognized ratably over the estimated service period to achieve the performance conditions. If the Company assesses that is not probable the performance conditions will be achieved, no compensation cost is recognized. As of December 31, 2019, the Company determined that the performance conditions for 40,000 stock options had been achieved, and that it was probable that the performance conditions for an additional 50,000 stock options would be achieved. None of the stock options that have been granted to consultants have been exercised.

 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF MANAGEMENT AND CERTAIN SECURITY HOLDERS

 

The following table sets out, as of December 31, 2020, the voting securities of the company that are owned by executive officers and directors, and other persons holding more than 10% of any class of the company’s voting securities, or having the right to acquire those securities. The table summarizes shares as “beneficial ownership”, and vested options as “beneficial ownership acquirable”.

 

Name and Address of
Beneficial Owner
  Title of class  Amount and
nature of
beneficial
ownership
   Amount and
nature of
beneficial
ownership
acquirable (2)
   Percent of
class (3)
 
Stephen Willey (1)  Common Stock   5,566,393    458,333    52.2%
Dr. Jerome Legerton (1)  Common Stock   2,783,198    458,333    28.5%
Shane Kim (1)  Common Stock   40,000         0.35%
Jeff Bradley (1)  -   -    -    - 
THL Z Limited  Preferred Stock   734,375    -    20.87%

 

(1) c/o Innovega Inc., 11900 NE 1st Street, Suite 300, Bellevue, WA 98005

 

(2) Includes vested stock options at January 26, 2021 (excludes unvested stock options)

 

(3) Common stock class includes issued common stock options plus common stock warrants (9,447,968 common shares, 1,950,000 issued common stock options, 132,514 common stock warrants – class of 11,530,482 common shares). Preferred stock class comprises 3,518,238 shares.

 

31
 

 

INTEREST OF MANAGEMENT AND OTHERS IN CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

 

On July 31, 2020, the company issued a convertible promissory note to Stephen Willey, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of Innovega Inc., in the principal amount of $100,000. The note bears simple interest at 1% per month with principal an unpaid interest thereon, payable, on demand, any time after September 30, 2020.

 

The company engages Global Ophthalmic Consultants, LLC to perform certain clinical lab consulting and support services for the Company. Dr. Jerome Legerton, Innovega’s Chief Clinical and Regulatory Officer, is also a principal of Global Ophthalmic Consultants, LLC. During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company paid Global Ophthalmic Consultants, LLC $0 and $23,737, respectively. As of the periods ending December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company had no outstanding amounts due, or receivables from, Global Ophthalmic Consultants, LLC.

 

SECURITIES BEING OFFERED

 

General

 

The company is offering shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock in this offering. The Series A-1 Preferred Stock may be converted it a conversion price of $3.00 per share (subject to adjustment) into shares of the Common Stock of the company at the discretion of each investor, or automatically upon the occurrence of certain events, like an initial public offering. The company is therefore qualifying up to 5,000,000 shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock, convertible into 5,000,000 shares of Common Stock, under the Offering Statement of which this Offering Circular is a part.

 

The following description summarizes the certain terms of the company’s capital stock. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of ours second amended and certificate of incorporation and bylaws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the Offering Statement of which this Offering Circular is a part. For a complete description of our capital stock, you should refer to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the company and to the applicable provisions of Delaware law.

 

Upon closing of the offering for our Series A-1 Preferred Stock we will file a Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of Delaware and following this filing the total number of shares of all classes of stock that we can issue will be 66,252,539, consisting of 50,000,000 shares of common stock; 5,000,000 shares designated as Series A-1 Preferred Stock, 1,610,514 shares designated as Series A-2 Preferred Stock, 1,123,787 shares designated as Series A-3 Preferred Stock and 3,518,238 shares designated as Series Seed Preferred Stock, and 5,000,000 shares as undesignated Preferred Stock.

 

32
 

 

As of January 15, 2021, the authorized and issued and outstanding shares of the company are:

 

Class  Authorized   Issued and
Outstanding
 
Series Seed Preferred Stock   3,518,238    3,518,238 
Series A-1Preferred Stock   0    0 
Series A-2 Preferred Stock   0    0 
Series A-3 Preferred Stock   0    0 
Undesignated Preferred Stock   0    0 
Common Stock   20,000,000    9,447,968 

 

As of the close of the Offering, the authorized and issued and outstanding shares of the company will be:

 

Class  Authorized   Issued and
Outstanding
 
Series Seed Preferred Stock   3,518,238    3,518,238 
Series A-1Preferred Stock   5,000,000    5,000,000*
Series A-2 Preferred Stock   1,610,514    1,610,514 
Series A-3 Preferred Stock   1,123,787    1,123,787 
Undesignated Preferred Stock   5,000,000    0 
Common Stock   50,000,000    9,447,968 

 

*Assumes maximum number of 5,000,000 shares of Series A-1 Preferred are sold in this Offering.

 

Provisions of Note in Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

 

We are offering Series A-1 Preferred Stock. Our Series Seed Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series A-2 Preferred Stock and Series A-3 Preferred Stock is collectively referred to as our Preferred Stock. The following description discusses the rights of common stock and the Preferred Stock.

 

Voting Rights

 

Generally, the holders of our preferred stock and common stock vote together and not as a separate class.

 

Each holder of Preferred Stock is entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder could be converted as of the record date. Fractional votes shall not be permitted and any fractional voting rights resulting from the above formula (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder could be converted) shall be disregarded. Except as otherwise expressly in the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or as required by law, the holders of shares of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to vote on all matters on which the common stock shall be entitled to vote. Holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the company.

 

Dividend Rights

 

In any calendar year, the holders of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets at the time legally available therefor, at the Dividend Rate specified for such shares of Preferred Stock payable in preference and priority to any declaration or payment of any Distribution on common stock in such calendar year. No Distributions shall be made with respect to the common stock unless dividends on the Preferred Stock have been declared in accordance with the preferences stated herein and all declared dividends on the Preferred stock have been paid or set aside for payment to the preferred stock holders. The right to receive dividends on shares of Preferred Stock shall not be cumulative, and no right to dividends shall accrue to holders of Preferred Stock by reason of the fact that dividends on said shares are not declared or paid. Subject to the rights of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding that has a right to receive dividends prior to or on a parity with any series of Designated Preferred Stock, payment of any dividends to the holders of Preferred Stock shall be on a pro rata, pari passu basis in proportion to the Dividend Rates for each series of Preferred Stock.

 

33
 

 

After the payment or setting aside for payment of the dividends described above, any additional dividends (other than dividends on Common Stock payable solely in Common Stock) set aside or paid in any fiscal year shall be set aside or paid among the holders of the Designated Preferred Stock (and any other series of Preferred Stock entitled to share in such additional dividends) and Common Stock then outstanding in proportion to the greatest whole number of shares of Common Stock which would be held by each such holder if all shares of Preferred Stock were converted at the then-effective Conversion Rate.

 

Liquidation Rights

 

Subject to the rights of any series of Preferred Stock that ranks on liquidation prior to the Designated Preferred Stock, in the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the company, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Designated Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the company to the holders of the Common Stock by reason of their ownership of such stock, an amount per share for each share of Designated Preferred Stock held by them equal to the greater of (i) the Liquidation Preference specified for such share of Designated Preferred Stock, plus all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Designated Preferred Stock, or such lesser amount as may be approved by the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock or (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of Designated Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock pursuant to the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the company.

 

After the payment or setting aside for payment to the holders of Preferred Stock of the full amounts specified, the entire remaining assets of the company legally available for distribution shall be distributed pro rata to holders of the company and any other series of Preferred Stock entitled to continued participation in such distributions, in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them with equal priority, with the shares of such series of Preferred Stock being treated for this purpose as if they had been converted to shares of Common Stock at the then applicable conversion rate.

 

Conversion

 

Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share at the office of the company or any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock into that number of fully-paid, nonassessable shares of Common Stock determined by dividing the Original Issue Price for the relevant series by the Conversion Price for such series. (The number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Preferred Stock of a series may be converted is hereinafter referred to as the “Conversion Rate” for each such series.)

 

The Original Issue Price is $1.6583 per share for the Series Seed Preferred Stock, $3.00 per share for the Series A-1 Preferred Stock, $1.66829 per share for the Series A-2 Preferred Stock and $2.075 per share for the Series A-3 Preferred Stock (subject to adjustment as set forth in the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation).

 

34
 

 

Each share of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into fully-paid, non-assessable shares of Common Stock at the then effective Conversion Rate for such share (i) immediately prior to the closing of a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended covering the offer and sale of Common Stock, provided that aggregate gross proceeds to the company are not less than $5,000,000 , (ii) upon the receipt by the company of a written request for such conversion from the holders of a majority of the Preferred Stock then outstanding (voting as a single class and on an as-converted basis) or, if later, the effective date for conversion specified in such requests, or (iii) upon the prior cumulative conversion of a majority of the Preferred Stock.

 

Protective Provisions

 

The holders of the Preferred Stock are entitled to certain protective provisions that require the company to obtain the approval (by vote or written consent as provided by law) of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws of the company), any such act or transaction or transactions effected without such approval being null and void ab initio and of no force or effect:

 

Amend, alter or repeal any provision of our Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws (including pursuant to a merger) if such action would materially adversely alter the rights, preferences, privileges or powers of, or restrictions provided for the benefit of the outstanding Preferred Stock;

 

Increase or decrease (other than for decreases resulting from conversion of the Preferred Stock) the authorized number of shares of any class of capital stock;

 

Authorize or create (by reclassification or otherwise) any new class or series of capital stock having rights, powers, or privileges set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation of the company, as then in effect, that are senior to or on a parity with any series of Preferred Stock, provided, that the designation of shares of undesignated Preferred Stock into a new series of Preferred Stock having rights, preferences or privileges senior to or on parity with any series of Designated Preferred Stock will not be deemed to adversely alter the rights, preferences, privileges or powers of, or restrictions provided for the benefit of the outstanding Preferred Stock;

 

Redeem or repurchase any shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock (other than pursuant to employee or consultant agreements giving the company the right to repurchase shares upon the termination of services pursuant to the terms of the applicable agreement); or Liquidate, dissolve, or wind-up the business and affairs of the Corporation, or consent, agree or commit to do any of the forgoing; and

 

Amend the Section providing for the above-referenced protections.

 

The company has entered into an Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement with certain holders of shares of common stock (individually a the “Common Holder” and collectively the “Common Holders”), the holders of shares of Series Seed Preferred Stock, and the holders of Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series A-2 Preferred Stock and Series A-3 Preferred Stock (individually, an “Investor” and collectively, the “Investors” and together with the Common Holders, the “Stockholders”).

 

The company and its existing stockholders are in the process of entering into an Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement. Purchasers of the Series A-1Preferred Stock will also enter into the Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement. Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, at each annual meeting of the stockholders of the company or any meeting of the stockholders of the company at which members of the Board of Directors are to be elected by the stockholders, the stockholders who are parties to this Agreement will agree to vote their shares to elect:

 

two (2) Officer Designees (as defined below) as Common Directors;

 

one (1) Common Designee (as defined below) as a Common Director; and

 

one (1) Series Seed Designee (as defined below) as the Series Seed Director.

 

35
 

 

The designees to the Board described above, (each a “Designee”) are selected as follows:

 

The “Officer Designees” shall be Stephen Willey and Jerome Legerton for so long as Stephen Willey and Jerome Legerton remain officers, employees or consultants of the company, except that if Stephen Willey or Jerome Legerton declines or is unable to serve, their successors shall be designated by the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock held by the Common Holders.

 

The “Common Designee” shall be chosen by the Common Holders holding at least a majority of the shares of Common Stock held by all Common Holders, and who will initially be Shane Kim.

 

The “Series Seed Designee” shall be chosen by the Investors holding at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series Seed Preferred Stock subject to the approval of the other members of the Board, whose consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, and who will initially be Jeff Bradley.

 

Registration Rights

 

In the event of an equity financing pursuant to which the company sells securities in a transaction or series of related transactions (the “Equity Financing”) in which the investors in such Equity Financing (the “Future Equity Investors”) receive registration rights, each Investor will be entitled to receive registration rights no less favorable than the registration rights provided to the Future Equity Investors who own a comparable number of shares as such Investor. Such Investor will not unreasonably withhold its consent to enter into any registration rights agreement, if requested to do so by the company. Provided the rights provided for in this paragraph shall terminate on the sooner to occur of when the shares may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1933, as amended without volume restrictions.

 

Lock-Up Agreement

 

In connection with a best efforts or firm commitment underwritten public offering by the company of shares of the company’s Common Stock, pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act which results in gross aggregate cash proceeds to the company of at least $5,000,000 (the “Qualified IPO”) and upon request of the company or the underwriters managing such offering of the company’s securities, each stockholder that is a party to the Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the company, however or whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions, including restrictions.

 

36
 

 

Right of First Refusal

 

Should any Common Holder propose to accept one or more bona fide offers (collectively, a “Purchase Offer”) from any persons to purchase shares of Common Stock (the “Purchase Shares”) from such Common Holder (other than as set provided in the Stockholders’ Agreement), such Common Holder are required to send a notice (the “Purchase Notice”) to the Company and each Investor that holds at least 60,302 shares of Series Seed Preferred Stock (each, a “Major Seed Investor”) stating the terms and conditions of such Purchase Offer. At any time within fifteen (15) days after the date of the Purchase Notice (the “Company’s ROFR Period”), the company, or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Common Holder, elect to purchase any or all of the Purchase Shares proposed to be sold by the Common Holder on the terms and conditions set forth in the Purchase Notice. If the Company declines to exercise in full its right of first refusal, then the company will notify each Major Seed Investor within five (5) days after the expiration of the Company’s ROFR Period. Each Major Seed Investor will then have the right, within fifteen (15) days after the date of the Company’s notice (the “Major Seed Investors’ ROFR Period”), to submit notice to the Company and the Common Holder of its irrevocable commitment to exercise its right of first refusal and purchase the Purchase Shares on a pro rata basis, based upon the number of Conversion Purchase Shares (as defined below) held by such Major Seed Investor relative to the aggregate number of Conversion Purchase Shares held by all Major Seed Investors.

 

Other than in connection with a best efforts or firm commitment underwritten public offering or an offering pursuant to Regulation A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended the company pursuant to the Stockholders’ Agreement the company granted to (1) each Major Seed Investor, and (2) each Investor that holds shares of Series A Preferred Stock representing an aggregate Original Issue Price (as defined in the Company’s then-current certificate of incorporation) of at least $100,000 (each, a “Major Series A Investor”) (the Major Seed Investors together with the Major Series A Investors, the “Major Preferred Investors”), that qualifies as an “accredited investor” under Regulation D of the Securities Act, the right of first offer to purchase its pro rata share of New Securities (including any capital stock including common stock and/or preferred stock of the company), which the Company may, from time to time, propose to sell and issue after the date of the Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement.

 

Termination of Stockholders’ Agreement

 

The Stockholders’ Agreement shall terminate upon a Qualified IPO; or the consummation of a transaction or series of related transactions deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the company pursuant to the company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as may be amended.

 

37
 

 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Innovega Inc.

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Innovega Inc. (“the Company”) as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2019, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the financial statements). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2019, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

 

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020.
 
Spokane, Washington
February 1, 2021

 

38
 

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

Innovega, Inc.

Balance Sheets

For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

 

   December 31   December 31 
   2019   2018 
ASSETS          
CURRENT ASSETS          
Cash and cash equivalents  $1,665,454   $606,573 
Other current assets   17,022    13,333 
Total current assets   1,682,476    619,906 
           
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net   84,633    120,494 
INTANGIBLE ASSETS, net   409,734    367,374 
OTHER ASSETS   6,099    6,099 
Total assets  $2,182,942   $1,113,873 
           
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT          
           
CURRENT LIABILITIES          
Accounts payable  $217,586   $276,175 
Accrued expenses   389,662    366,427 
Notes payable   100,000    100,000 
Accrued note interest, current portion   63,498    - 
Total current liabilities   770,746    742,602 
           
LONG-TERM LIABILITIES          
Accrued deferred wages   1,118,816    1,301,003 
SAFE note   500,000    - 
Convertible notes, net   2,402,337    - 
Total liabilities   4,791,899    2,043,605 
           
STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT          
Common Stock, $0.0001 par value, 20,000,000 authorized and 9,407,968 outstanding at December 31, 2018; 20,000,000 authorized and 9,407,968 outstanding at December 31, 2019   940    940 
Series Seed Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value, 3,518,238 authorized and outstanding at December 31, 2018; and 3,518,238 authorized and 3,518,238 outstanding at December 31, 2019 (Note 9)   352    352 
           
Additional paid in capital   5,792,587    5,726,375 
Accumulated deficit   (8,402,836)   (6,657,399)
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)   (2,608,957)   (929,732)
Total liabilities, mezzanine equity, and stockholders’ deficit  $2,182,942   $1,113,873 

 

Accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

 

39
 

 

Innovega, Inc.

Statements of Operations

For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

 

   December 31   December 31 
   2019   2018 
         
REVENUE  $-   $67,673 
COST OF GOODS SOLD   -    63,737 
Gross profit   -    3,936 
           
OPERATING EXPENSES          
Independent research and development   757,830    709,838 
Clinical and regulatory costs   90,713    42,717 
Business development   221,640    196,512 
General and administrative expenses   572,628    629,905 
Operating loss   (1,642,811)   (1,575,036)
           
Interest income   11,541    6,727 
Interest expense   (114,167)   (14,209)
           
LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES   (1,745,437)   (1,582,518)
           
INCOME TAXES   -    - 
NET LOSS  $(1,745,437)  $(1,582,518)
           
Weighted average vested common shares outstanding:          
Basic   9,407,968    9,406,484 
Diluted   9,407,968    9,406,484 
           
Net loss per common share          
Basic  $(0.19)  $(0.17)
Diluted  $(0.19)  $(0.17)

 

Accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

 

40
 

 

Innovega, Inc.

Statements of Stockholders’ Equity/(Deficit)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

 

 

    Common Shares     Preferred Shares     Additional Paid-in     Accumulated     Total Shareholders’  
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Capital     Deficit     Deficit  
                                           
Balance at December 31, 2017     9,405,000     $ 940       2,179,937     $ 218     $ 3,742,418     $ (5,074,881 )   $ (1,331,305 )
                                                         
Stock compensation expense     -       -       -       -       104,335       -       104,335  
Stock issuance     -       -       1,320,799       132       1,800,640               1,800,772  
Exercise of stock options     2,968       -       -       -       332       -       332  
Conversion of notes payable     -       -       17,502       2       29,022       -       29,024  
Issuance of warrants     -       -       -       -       49,628       -       49,628  
Net loss     -       -       -       -       -       (1,582,518 )     (1,582,518 )
Balance at December 31, 2018     9,407,968       940       3,518,238       352       5,726,375       (6,657,399 )     (929,732 )
                                                         
Stock compensation expense     -       -       -       -       51,402       -       51,402  
Issuance of warrants     -       -       -       -       14,810       -       14,810  
Net loss     -       -       -       -       -       (1,745,437 )     (1,745,437 )
Balance at December 31, 2019     9,407,968     $ 940       3,518,238     $ 352     $ 5,792,587     $ (8,402,836 )   $ (2,608,957 )

 

 

Accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

 

41
 

 

Innovega, Inc.

Statements of Cash Flows

For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

 

    December 31     December 31  
    2019     2018  
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES                
Net loss   $ (1,745,437 )   $ (1,582,518 )
Adjustments to reconcile net cash to net loss                
Depreciation and amortization     65,111       63,063  
                 
Stock compensation expense     51,402       104,335  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities                
Accounts receivable     -       56,284  
Other current assets     (3,689 )     7,699  
Accounts payable     (58,590 )     79,436  
Accrued expenses     28,565       (18,436 )
Accrued deferred wages     (187,517 )     108,848  
Net cash used in operating activities     (1,850,155 )     (1,181,289 )
                 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES                
Purchases of fixed assets     (1,516 )     (71,090 )
Acquisition of intangible assets     (70,093 )     (40,202 )
Net cash used in investing activities     (71,609 )     (111,292 )
                 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES                
Issuance of preferred stock, net of costs     -        1,829,796  
Issuance of common stock     -        332  
Common stock warrants     14,810       49,628  
Repayment of promissory notes     -        (225,000 )
Proceeds from promissory notes           100,000  
Proceeds from convertible debenture issuance, net of costs     2,465,835       -  
Proceeds from SAFE notes     500,000       -  
Net cash provided by financing activities     2,980,645       1,754,756  
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH     1,058,881       462,175  
CASH, beginning of year     606,573       144,398  
CASH, end of year   $ 1,665,454     $ 606,573  
                 
CASH PAID FOR INTEREST   $ 5,734     $ 604  
                 
CASH PAID FOR TAXES   $ -     $ -  
                 
CONVERSION OF PROMISSORY NOTES AND ACCRUED INTEREST                
TO SERIES SEED PREFERRED STOCK   $ -     $ 29,024  

 

Accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

 

42
 

 

Innovega, Inc. / Notes to the Financial Statements / December 31, 2019

 

Note 1 – Organization and Basis of Presentation

 

Organization – Innovega, Inc. (the Company) was incorporated in the state of Delaware. The Company designs and develops contact lenses and display eyewear for virtual reality and augmented reality applications for the leisure and professional markets.

 

Basis of presentation – The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP) and reflect all adjustments that, in the opinion of the Company’s management, are necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.

 

Certain risks and uncertainties – The Company operates in a highly regulated environment. The Company’s business also involves inherent risks, which include, among others, dependence on key personnel, reliance on single source vendors, availability of raw materials, and patentability of the Company’s products under development and liquidity constraints. Any of the technologies covering the Company’s existing products under development could become obsolete or diminished in value by discoveries and developments of other organizations. The Company has not yet commenced principal operations. There is a risk that the Company does not successfully secure sufficient funding or assets required to commence principal operations.

 

Liquidity and management’s plans – These financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern, which contemplates realization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. From inception through December 31, 2019, the Company has financed its operations through private debt and equity financings, as it has not generated any revenues from product sales to date. It has incurred losses since inception, has an accumulated deficit of $8,402,836 at December 31, 2019, and will require additional capital through the issuance of debt or equity securities to finance the continued development of the business. Management plans to sustain operations through deferring wages, additional preferred stock sales, convertible debt financing, debt financing from third parties, or other financing arrangements with financial institutions. During 2018, the Company issued additional preferred stock of $1,804,796. The Company also issued a SAFE note for $500,000 and convertible notes totaling $2,480,592 during 2019. The Company may need to raise additional debt or equity financing to fund operations, which may or may not be available. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might be necessary if the Company is unable to continue as a going concern.

 

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Use of estimates – The preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates relate to the valuation of stock-based compensation expense, forecasts used in assessing the Company’s liquidity disclosures, and useful lives of property and equipment and intangible assets. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

43
 

 

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

Fair value of financial instruments – The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents. The fair value of the Company’s financial instruments approximates their recorded values due to the short-term maturities of these financial instruments.

 

The Company establishes the fair value of its assets and liabilities using the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The current accounting guidance establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:

 

Level 1 – Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

Level 2 – Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets or inputs that are observable.

 

Level 3 – Inputs that are unobservable.

 

The fair value of warrants issued during the period was estimated on the date of issuance using the Black-Scholes method with the following assumptions:

 

   2019   2018 
Expected term   5 years    5 years 
Stock price on grant date  $0.38   $0.38 
Interest rate   2.39%   2.83%
Volatility   120%   123%
Dividend yield   0%   0%

 

Cash and cash equivalents – Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less on the date of purchase.

 

Concentration of credit risk – Financial instruments that potentially expose the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, which are held with financial institutions in amounts that may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses on its deposits of cash and cash equivalents since inception.

 

Property and equipment, net – Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Manufacturing equipment is depreciated over a three-year life, computer equipment is depreciated over a two-year life, and furniture and fixtures are depreciated over a seven-year life. Leasehold improvements are stated at cost and amortized using the straight-line method over the remaining lease term.

 

Intangible assets, net – It is the Company’s policy to capitalize patent filing fees for patents in which they believe they will receive an economic benefit. Intangible assets consist primarily of patent filing fees (Note 4). Intangible assets are amortized using the straight-line method over their useful lives of up to 20 years.

 

Impairment of long-lived assets – The Company reviews the carrying value of long-lived assets used in operations whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets might not be recoverable. Factors that would necessitate an impairment assessment include a significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which an asset is used, a significant adverse change in legal factors or the business climate that could affect the value of the asset, or a significant decline in the observable market value of an asset, among others. As of December 31, 2019, and 2018, there were no indicators of impairment of long-lived assets.

 

Research and development costs – All research and development costs are charged to expense as incurred, except for certain supplies, which are expensed when used.

 

44
 

 

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

Revenue Recognition – The company has historically derived its revenue primarily from government grants and contracts. Cost reimbursement grant and contract revenue is recognized and recorded as related research expenses are incurred. The Company receives reimbursement for both direct costs and allocated indirect costs. Direct and indirect costs reimbursed by United States government agencies are subject to review and audit by such agencies. Advances received but not yet earned under the various research grants and contracts are reported as deferred revenue. All 2018 government revenue was derived from on NIH grant which expired that year.

 

Advertising expense – The Company expenses advertising costs as they are incurred. Advertising expense for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 was approximately $1,260 and $0, respectively.

 

Income taxes – The Company records deferred tax assets and liabilities resulting from temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities, and their reported amounts in the financial statements that will result in taxable deductions or income in future years. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the period that includes the date of change. A valuation allowance is established when necessary to reduce deferred income tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

 

Stock-based compensation – Compensation costs related to equity instruments granted are generally recognized at the grant-date fair value of the awards. Additionally, the Company accounts for forfeitures as they occur. No related tax benefits of the stock-based compensation costs have been recognized since the Company’s inception.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company recognized $51,402 and $104,335, respectively, in stock-based compensation expense associated with equity awards granted to employees, directors, or officers of the Company or to third-party consultants.

 

Equity instruments awarded to non-employees are periodically remeasured as the underlying awards vest, unless the instruments are fully vested, immediately exercisable, and non-forfeitable on the date of grant.

 

The Company generally grants stock options to purchase common stock with exercise prices equal to the value of the underlying stock, as determined by the Board of Directors on the date the equity award was granted. The Board of Directors determines the value of the underlying stock by considering a number of factors, including third party valuation, historical and projected financial results, the risks the Company faced at the time, the preferences of the Company’s preferred stockholders, and the lack of liquidity of the Company’s common stock.

 

The fair value of options granted to employees and non-employees during the period was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes method with the following assumptions:

 

   2019   2018 
Expected term   10 years    10 years 
Interest rate   2.41%   2.173%
Volatility   70%   60%
Dividend yield   0%   0%
Stock Price  $0.38   $0.38 

 

The Company estimates the term of the award for employees using the simplified method. For non-employees, the Company uses the contractual term, which is generally 10 years, as the expected term. As the Company does not have a public trading history for its common shares, the expected volatility incorporates historical volatility of similar entities whose share prices are publicly available. The risk-free interest rate is based upon U.S. Treasury securities with remaining terms similar to the expected term of the share-based awards.

 

45
 

 

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

Recently issued accounting pronouncements – In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), which requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. Entities are permitted to use either a full retrospective or cumulative effect transition method, and are required to adopt all parts of the new revenue standard using the same transition method. The new standard is effective for the Company on January 1, 2019. There was no impact to the Company’s financial statements in either 2018 or 2019.

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), which requires lessees to recognize assets and liabilities for leases currently classified as operating leases. Under the new standard a lessee will recognize a liability on the balance sheet representing the lease payments owed, and a right-of-use-asset representing its right to use the underlying asset for the lease term. For leases with a term of 12 months or less, a lessee is permitted to make an accounting policy election not to recognize lease assets and lease liabilities. The new standard is effective for the Company on January 1, 2022. Early adoption of the standard is permitted. At this time, the Company believes the most significant impact to the financial statements will relate to the recording of a right of use asset and the associated liability. The Company has determined that it will not early adopt the standard and is currently evaluating the impact of the standard on the financial statements.

 

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting, which simplifies several aspects of the accounting for employee share-based payment transactions, including the accounting for income taxes, forfeitures, and statutory tax withholding requirements, as well as classification in the statement of cash flows. This ASU is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2018. The Company early adopted this standard as of January 1, 2017. As of December 31, 2019, the Company had accumulated excess tax benefits from temporary differences resulting from the amount and timing of stock-based compensation expense recorded in the financial statements. This reduces the net operating loss deferred tax asset as compared to deductions on the Company’s income tax return from the award compensation. The Company provided a full valuation allowance against the net deferred tax assets since it has been determined that it is more likely than not that all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Upon adoption of this standard, the stock-based compensation excess tax benefit was eliminated, resulting in an increase to the net operating loss deferred tax asset, with a corresponding increase in the valuation allowance. The Company elected to account for forfeitures as they occur to determine the amount of stock-based compensation expense to be recognized each period. The impact of the adoption of this standard has been reflected on the statement of stockholders’ equity as of January 1, 2017, and did not have a material impact on the financial statements.

 

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-07, Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting, which simplifies the accounting for share-based payments granted to nonemployees for goods and services. Under the ASU, most of the guidance on such payments to nonemployees would be aligned with the requirements for share-based payments granted to employees. As a result, most of the guidance in ASC 718 associated with employee share-based payments, including most requirements related to classification and measurement, applies to nonemployee share-based payment arrangements. For all entities, the amendments are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2020. Early adoption is permitted for any entity in any interim or annual period for which financial statements have not been issued or made available for issuance, but not before an entity adopts ASC 606. The Company is currently evaluating the impact this accounting standard will have on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

Subsequent events – The Company evaluated subsequent events through February 1, 2021, the date on which these financial statements were available to be issued (see Note 15).

 

46
 

 

Note 3 – Earnings per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

 

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income attributable to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period without consideration for common stock equivalents. Diluted net income per share attributable to common shareholders is computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period and potentially dilutive common share equivalents, including stock options, restricted stock units and restricted stock awards, except in cases where the effect of the common stock equivalent would be antidilutive. Potential common stock equivalents consist of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options and vesting of restricted stock units and restricted stock awards using the treasury stock method.

 

During 2018, the Company issued 2,968 common shares due to an option exercise.

 

   2019   2018 
Basic earnings per share:          
Net loss attributable to common stockholders (numerator)   (1,745,437)   (1,582,518)
Weighted-average common shares outstanding (denominator)   9,407,968    9,406,484 
Basic earnings per share  $(0.19)  $(0.19)
           
Diluted earnings per share:          
Net loss attributable to common stockholders (numerator)   (1,745,437)   (1,582,518)
Weighted-average common shares outstanding (denominator)   9,407,968    9,406,484 
Diluted earnings per share  $(0.19)  $(0.19)

 

The dilutive effects of converting all outstanding convertible notes, SAFE notes and warrants are outlined below.

 

   2019   2018 
Preferred shares   3,518,238    3,518,238 
Convertible notes   1,532,585    - 
SAFE notes   240,963    - 
Warrants   172,514    132,514 
Stock options   1,950,000    1,850,000 

 

Note 4 – Property and Equipment, Net

 

Property and equipment consist of the following at December 31, 2019 and 2018:

 

   2019   2018 
Property and equipment  $309,800   $308,284 
Less accumulated depreciation   (225,167)   (187,790)
   $84,633   $120,494 

 

Depreciation expense related to property and equipment was $37,378 and $38,604 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

 

47
 

 

Note 5 – Intangible Assets, Net

 

Intangible assets consist of the following at December 31, 2019 and 2018:

 

   2019   2018 
Capitalized patent filing fees  $565,862   $495,769 
Less accumulated amortization   (156,128)   (128,395)
   $409,734   $367,374 

 

The Company has determined the patent filing fees to have an original useful life of 20 years based upon the estimated period the Company will obtain future economic benefit from the related patents. The patent filing fees are amortized over the estimated life using the straight-line method. Amortization expense of $27,733 and $24,459 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, was recorded within general and administration expense. Estimated amortization expense related to intangible assets for the years ending December 31 are as follows:

 

2020  $29,293 
2021   29,293 
2022   29,293 
2023   29,293 
2024   29,293 
Thereafter   136,797 
   $283,262 

 

Note 6 – Promissory Notes Issued in 2017

 

Four notes totaling $200,000 plus accrued interest were paid off in 2018. One note for $25,000 was converted to 17,502 shares of preferred stock in 2018.

 

Note 7 – Convertible Notes

 

During 2019, the Company issued convertible notes (2019 Notes) for total proceeds, net of issuance costs of $126,772, of $2,402,337. All notes have a maturity date of January 22, 2021, and accrue simple interest at 5% per annum. All notes have a 20% conversion discount of the original issue price of new preferred stock. The notes, and all accrued interest, can either be converted prior to their maturity date in the event of a Qualified Equity Financing with an aggregate sales price of not less than $2,000,000 (excluding the aggregated amount from the convertible notes), converted at any time by a majority vote of the noteholders, or automatically converts upon the maturity date.

 

Loan costs are amortized over the loan period. The unamortized balance of the loan costs as of December 31, 2019 was $78,256.

 

Note 8 – SAFE Note

 

During 2019, the company issued a SAFE note in the amount of $500,000. This note will automatically convert to Standard Preferred Stock upon the initial close of an Equity Financing event equal to the purchase amount of the note divided by the $2.075 SAFE Price. The Company has classified this SAFE note as a long-term liability as the qualified financing event is not expected to be completed until 2021.

 

48
 

 

Note 9 – Stockholders’ Deficit

 

Preferred Stock

 

The following is a summary of terms for the preferred stock:

 

Conversion – Each share of preferred stock is convertible at the option of the holder into such number of common shares as is determined by dividing the original issue price by the conversion price. The conversion price of $1.6583 per share is initially the original issue price and subject to adjustment. Each share of preferred stock is currently convertible into one share of common stock.

 

Each share of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into fully paid, non-assessable shares of Common Stock at the then effective conversion rate for such share (i) immediately prior to the closing of a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offering and sale of the Corporation’s Common Stock provided that the aggregate gross proceeds to the Corporation are not less than $30,000,000, (ii) the written request for such conversion from the holders of the majority of Preferred Stock then outstanding voting as a single class and an as converted basis, or, (iii) upon the prior cumulative conversion of a majority of the shares of the Series Seed Preferred election of at least 70% of the outstanding shares of preferred stock voting as a single class on an as converted to common stock basis.

 

Liquidation preference – In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, holders of preferred stock are entitled to receive on a pari passu basis among each other an amount per share equal to the original issue price of the applicable series of preferred stock plus declared but unpaid dividends prior and in preference to holders of common stock.

 

Thereafter, any remaining funds of the Company shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of common stock in proportion to the total common stock outstanding. In the event that any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company would result in proceeds per share in excess of the liquidation preference payable to any series of preferred stock, then the shares of such series of preferred stock shall forgo such liquidation preference and instead participate with common stock on a pro-rata, as-converted basis as if all such shares of preferred stock had been converted to common stock immediately prior to the liquidation event.

 

Dividends – Holders of preferred stock are entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of funds legally available and in preference to any other payment of any dividend or distribution, non-cumulative cash dividends of 8% per annum for each share of preferred stock (adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like). In the event the Board of Directors declares a dividend payable upon the then outstanding shares of common stock, convertible preferred stockholders shall be entitled to receive the amount of dividends per share which would be payable on the number of whole shares of common stock into which each share of convertible preferred stock could be converted. No dividends have been declared or paid to date.

 

Voting – Holders of preferred stock and the holders of common stock shall vote together and not as separate classes. Holders of preferred stock are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which the shares of preferred stock held by such holder could be converted as of the record date. Each holder of shares of common stock are entitled to one vote for each share thereof held.

 

Redemption – Except in the case of a liquidation event, preferred stock is not redeemable.

 

Additional rights – The holders of Preferred Series Seed shares (Preferred Shareholders) have the right to designate one member to the Company’s Board of Directors. In the event the Company sells a new series of Preferred Stock in which the new investors receive registration rights (Future Equity Investors), each Preferred Shareholder will be entitled to receive registration rights no less favorable than the registration rights provided to the Future Equity Investors. Preferred Shareholders have the right of first refusal if a common equity shareholder wishes to sell shares to an outside investor. Preferred Shareholders have Co-Sale rights on a pro-rata basis if any Common Shareholder sells to an outside party. Any Preferred Shareholder who owns at least 296,969 of Series Seed Preferred shares can participate on a pro-rata basis in any future Company share sales or share issuances.

 

49
 

 

Note 9 – Stockholders’ Deficit (continued)

 

Changes in preferred shares for 2019 and 2018 are as follows:

 

   Shares   Amount 
Balance at December 31, 2017   2,179,937   $3,540,334 
           
Stock issuance   1,320,779    1,800,772 
Conversion of note payable   17,502    29,024 
Balance at December 31, 2018   3,518,238    5,370,130 
           
Balance at December 31, 2019   3,518,238    5,370,130 

 

Common stock reserved for future issuance – Common stock and Series Seed Preferred stock reserved for future issuance consists of the following at December 31, 2019 and 2018:

 

   2019   2018 
Common Shares          
Authorized   20,000,000    20,000,000 
Issued   9,407,968    9,407,968 
           
Remaining to be issued   10,592,032    10,592,032 
           
Series Seed Preferred          
Authorized   3,518,238    3,518,238 
Issued   3,518,238    3,518,238 
           
Remaining to be issued   -    - 

 

Note 10 – Stock Option Plan

 

Stock options – In 2008, the Company adopted the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (the Equity Incentive Plan) that provides for the issuance of up to 1,000,000 incentive and nonqualified common stock options to employees, directors, officers, and consultants of the Company. As of January 1, 2016, the Company had authorized the issuance of up to 1,950,000 incentive and nonqualified common stock options. On June 11, 2017, the Company authorized an additional 1,952,732 shares of common stock for issuance under the Plan. As of December 31, 2017, there were 2,231,274 shares available for grant under the Plan. The Equity Incentive Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock option and non-statutory stock options awards to eligible recipients. Recipients of incentive stock options shall be eligible to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price equal to no less than the estimated fair market value of such stock on the date of grant. The contractual term of options granted under the Equity Incentive Plan is four years. The options generally vest over the requisite service period of four years. The following table summarizes the Company’s stock option activity:

 

50
 

 

Note 10 – Stock Option Plan (continued)

 

Outstanding at January 1, 2018   1,671,458 
Granted during the year   200,000 
Exercised during the year   (2,968)
Canceled during the year (forfeited)   (14,532)
Canceled during the year (expired)   (3,958)
      
Outstanding at December 31, 2018   1,850,000 
      
Vested at end of year   982,093 
Shares expected to vest   867,907 
      
Vested and expected to vest   1,850,000 
      
Granted during the year   100,000 
Exercised during the year   - 
Canceled during the year (forfeited)   - 
Canceled during the year (expired)   - 
      
Outstanding at December 31, 2019   1,950,000 
      
Vested at end of year   1,443,761 
Shares expected to vest   506,239 
      
Vested and expected to vest   1,950,000 

 

The weighted-average grant-date fair value per share of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, was $0.38. The per share intrinsic value for December 31, 2019 and 2018, was $19,445 and $2,758, respectively.

 

During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, 461,678 and 662,500 options vested, respectively, with weighted-average grant-date fair value per share at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, of $0.25 and $0.24, respectively.

 

At December 31, 2019, there were 506,239 unvested options outstanding that have a weighted-average life of 7.3 years, which have a weighted-average grant-date fair value per share of $0.24. For the period from April 2009 through December 31, 2019, the Company granted 800,000 stock options to consultants.

 

Included in the total stock options granted to consultants, the Company granted 90,000 stock options, which contained performance conditions that must be achieved in order for the stock options to vest. In accounting for stock options with performance conditions, the Company assesses the probability that performance conditions will be achieved and, if probable, compensation cost is accrued and recognized ratably over the estimated service period to achieve the performance conditions. If the Company assesses that is not probable the performance conditions will be achieved, no compensation cost is recognized. As of December 31, 2019, the Company determined that the performance conditions for 40,000 stock options had been achieved, and that is was probable that the performance conditions for an additional 50,000 stock options would be achieved. None of the stock options that have been granted to consultants have been exercised.

 

51
 

 

Note 11 – Income Taxes

 

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets at December 31 are shown below. A valuation allowance of $2,978,100 has been recorded at December 31, 2019, to offset the deferred tax assets as realization of such assets does not meet the “more likely than not” threshold. The change in the valuation allowance was $965,259 and $627,148 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

 

    2019     2018  
Deferred tax assets                
Accrual to cash   $ 472,049     $ 522,880  
Property and equipment     3,482       2,071  
Net operating loss carryforwards     2,597,258       1,594,147  
Deferred loan costs     25,219       -  
                 
Total deferred tax assets   $ 3,098,008     $ 2,119,098  
                 
Less valuation allowance   $ (3,098,008 )   $ (2,119,098 )
                 
Total deferred tax assets   $ -     $ -  
                 
Deferred tax liabilities                
Intangibles   $ (119,908 )   $ (106,257 )
                 
Total deferred tax liabilities   $ (119,908 )   $ (106,257 )
                 
Net deferred tax assets   $ -     $ -  

 

At December 31, 2019, the Company has federal net operating loss carryforwards of $6,763,982. The federal loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2031 unless previously utilized. Utilization of the net operating loss may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to ownership change limitations that may have occurred or that could occur in the future, as required by IRC Section 382.

 

The Company applies authoritative guidance relating to the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. The guidance outlines the recognition threshold and measurement attributes for financial statement disclosure of tax positions taken, or expected to be taken, on a tax return. The impact of an uncertain income tax position on the income tax return must be recognized at the largest amount that is more likely than not to be sustained upon audit by the relevant taxing authority. An uncertain tax position will not be recognized if it has a less than 50% likelihood of being sustained. There are no unrecognized tax benefits included in the Company’s balance sheet at December 31, 2019 and 2018. The Company has not recorded any interest or penalties due to uncertain tax positions.

 

The Company’s effective tax rate differs from the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate of 21% to pre-tax losses due to the effects of non-deductible items and the valuation allowance. The Company files an income tax return in the U.S. Federal, Florida and California jurisdictions. Due to the net operating loss carryforwards, the Company’s statute of limitations remains open for years 2014 through 2019.

 

52
 

 

Note 12 – Commitments and Contingencies

 

Operating leases – The Company leases office space in San Diego, California and Bellevue, Washington.

 

Rental expense for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, totaled $50,161 and $49,479, respectively.

 

As of December 31, 2019, future minimum rental payments required under operating leases and services agreements that have initial or remaining noncancelable lease terms in excess of one year are as follows:

 

2020 $44,203

 

Note 13 – Related Parties

 

During 2018, the Company repaid two promissory notes (Promissory Notes) with an aggregate principal value of $100,000 to officers of the Company. The Promissory Notes paid interest at 1% compounded monthly.

 

The company engages Global Ophthalmic Consultants, LLC to perform certain clinical lab consulting and support services for the Company. Dr. Jerome Legerton, Innovega’s Chief Regulatory and Clinical Officer, is also a principal of Global Ophthalmic Consultants, LLC. During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company paid Global Ophthalmic Consultants, LLC $0 and $23,737, respectively. As of the periods ending December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company had no outstanding amounts due, or receivables from, Global Ophthalmic Consultants, LLC.

 

Note 14 – Defined Contribution Plan

 

The Company has established a 401(k) plan, a defined contribution plan for its employees, with eligibility commencing on an employee’s date of hire. Contributions to the 401(k) plan are based on a percentage of the employee’s gross compensation, limited by Internal Revenue Service guidelines for such plans. The Company made matching contributions to the plan for the years ending December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, of $28,371 and $21,377, respectively.

 

Note 15 – Subsequent Events

 

In 2020, the Company issued additional SAFE notes in the amount of $1,815,717 on identical terms to that issued in 2019, less $16,158 in costs.

 

In 2020, the Company repaid the $100,000 of shareholder note plus $19,627 of accrued interest.

 

In 2020, the Company borrowed $100,000 from the CEO, Stephen Willey, as a shareholder note at an interest rate of 1% per month.

 

In 2020, the Company borrowed $112,420 from the US Small Business Administration under the Payroll Protection Program (PPP). The company expects the majority of this loan to be forgiven.

 

In 2020, the company issued 40,000 common shares to a warrant holder exercising their right to purchase shares at an exercise prices of $0.01 per share.

 

Management is currently evaluating the recent outbreak of the COVID-19 virus and its impact on the Company’s operations and financial performance and has concluded that while it is reasonably possible that the virus could have a negative effect on the fair value of the Company and results of operations, the specific impact is not readily determinable as of the date of these financial statements. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

53
 

 

Innovega, Inc.

Balance Sheets

For the Periods Ended September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019

 

   Unaudited     
   September 30   December 31 
   2020   2019 
ASSETS          
CURRENT ASSETS          
Cash and cash equivalents  $1,942,172   $1,665,454 
Other current assets   290,846    17,022 
Total current assets   2,233,018    1,682,476 
           
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net   99,454    84,633 
INTANGIBLE ASSETS, net   481,206    409,734 
OTHER ASSETS   6,533    6,099 
Total assets  $2,820,211   $2,182,942 
           
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT          
           
CURRENT LIABILITIES          
Accounts payable  $336,998   $218,786 
Accrued expenses   444,477    388,462 
PPP Loan payable   118,420    - 

Related party notes payable

   100,000      
Shareholder notes payable   -    100,000 
SAFE notes, net   2,320,199    500,000 
Accrued note interest, current portion   93,107    - 
Total current liabilities   3,413,201    1,207,248 
           
LONG-TERM LIABILITIES          
Accrued deferred wages   1,118,817    1,118,817 
Convertible notes, net   2,452,082    2,402,337 
Accrued note interest, net of current   52,499    63,498 
Total liabilities   7,036,599    4,791,900 
           
STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT          
Common Stock, $0.0001 par value, 20,000,000 authorized and 9,407,968 outstanding at December 31, 2019; 20,000,000 authorized and 9,447,968 outstanding at September 30, 2020   944    940 
Series Seed Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value, 3,518,238 authorized and outstanding at December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2020 (Note 10)   352    352 
           
Additional paid in capital   5,820,739    5,792,587 
Accumulated deficit   (10,038,423)   (8,402,837)
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)   (4,216,388)   (2,608,958)
Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit  $2,820,211   $2,182,942 

 

Accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

 

54
 

 

Innovega, Inc.

Statements of Operations

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

 

   Unaudited   Unaudited 
   September 30   September 30 
   2020   2019 
         
REVENUE  $-   $- 
COST OF GOODS SOLD   -    - 
Gross profit   -    - 
           
OPERATING EXPENSES          
Independent research and development   597,512    574,536 
Clinical and regulatory costs   252,690    60,565 
Business development   130,742    170,674 
General and administrative expenses   495,835    400,298 
Operating loss   (1,476,779)   (1,206,073)
           
Interest income   3,453    10,559 
Interest expense   (162,260)   (45,398)
           
LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES   (1,635,586)   (1,240,912)
           
INCOME TAXES   -    - 
NET LOSS  $(1,635,586)  $(1,240,912)
           
Weighted average vested common shares outstanding:          
Basic   9,427,968    9,407,968 
Diluted   9,427,968    9,407,968 
           
Net loss per common share          
Basic  $(0.17)  $(0.13)
Diluted  $(0.17)  $(0.13)

 

Accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

55
 

 

Innovega, Inc.

Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, and the Three Months Ended December 31, 2019

 

   Common Shares   Preferred Shares   Additional Paid-in   Accumulated   Total Shareholders’ 
   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Capital   Deficit   Deficit 
                             
Balance at December 31, 2018   9,407,968   $940    3,518,238   $352   $5,726,375   $(6,657,399)  $(929,732)
                                    
Net loss   -    -    -    -    -    (1,240,912)   (1,240,912)
Balance at September 30, 2019     9,407,968    940    3,518,238    352    5,726,375    (7,898,311)   (2,170,644)
                                    
Stock compensation expense   -    -    -    -    51,402    -    51,402 
Issuance of warrants   -    -    -    -    14,810    -    14,810 
Net loss   -    -    -    -    -    (504,526)   (504,526)
Balance at December 31, 2019   9,407,968    940    3,518,238    352    5,792,587    (8,402,837)   (2,608,958)
                                    
Stock compensation expense   -    -    -    -    27,756    -    27,756 
Exercise of warrants   40,000    4    -    -    396    -    400 
Net loss   -    -    -    -    -    (1,635,586)   (1,635,586)
Balance at September 31, 2020 (unaudited)   9,447,968   $944    3,518,238   $352   $5,820,739   $(10,038,423)  $(4,216,388)

 

Accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

56
 

 

Innovega, Inc.

Statements of Cash Flows

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

 

   Unaudited   Unaudited 
   September 30   September 30 
   2020   2019 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES          
Net loss  $(1,635,586)  $(1,240,912)
Adjustments to reconcile net cash to net loss          
Depreciation and amortization   56,404    54,487 
Amortization of Debt Interest Costs to Interest Expense   58,046    - 
Stock compensation expense   27,756    - 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities          
Other current assets   (274,259)   (3,784)
Accounts payable   110,873    (25,760)
Accrued expenses   80,346    34,076 
Accrued deferred wages   (16,991)   (143,965)
Net cash used in operating activities   (1,593,411)   (1,325,858)
           
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES          
Purchases of fixed assets   (50,000)   (1,517)
Acquisition of intangible assets   (92,697)   (53,139)
Net cash used in investing activities   (142,697)   (54,656)
           
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES          
Issuance of common stock   400    - 
Repayment of promissory notes   (100,000)   - 
Proceeds from “related party” promissory notes   100,000    - 
Proceeds from convertible debenture issuance   -    1,149,592 
Convertible debenture offering costs   (8,300)   (116,651)
Convertible debenture accrued interest   82,107    43,450 
Proceeds from PPP loan   118,420    - 
Proceeds from SAFE notes   1,820,199    - 
Net cash provided by financing activities   2,012,826    1,076,391 
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH   276,718    (304,123)
CASH, beginning of period   1,665,454    606,573 
CASH, end of period  $1,942,172   $302,450 
           
CASH PAID FOR INTEREST  $3,075  $364
           
CASH PAID FOR TAXES  $-   $- 
           
CONVERSION OF PROMISSORY NOTES AND ACCRUED INTEREST          
TO SERIES SEED PREFERRED STOCK  $-   $- 

 

 

Accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

57
 

 

Innovega, Inc. / Notes to the Financial Statements / September 30, 2020

 

Note 1 – Organization and Basis of Presentation

 

Organization – Innovega, Inc. (the Company) was incorporated in the state of Delaware. The Company designs and develops contact lenses and display eyewear for virtual reality and augmented reality applications for the leisure and professional markets.

 

Basis of presentation – The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP) and reflect all adjustments that, in the opinion of the Company’s management, are necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and results of operations for the periods ended September 30, 2020, December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019. For further information, refer to the December 31, 2019 audited financial statements and footnotes.

 

Certain risks and uncertainties – The Company operates in a highly regulated environment. The Company’s business also involves inherent risks, which include, among others, dependence on key personnel, reliance on single source vendors, availability of raw materials, and patentability of the Company’s products under development and liquidity constraints. Any of the technologies covering the Company’s existing products under development could become obsolete or diminished in value by discoveries and developments of other organizations. The Company has not yet commenced principal operations. There is a risk that the Company does not successfully secure sufficient funding or assets required to commence principal operations.

 

Liquidity and management’s plans – These financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern, which contemplates realization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. From inception through September 30, 2020, the Company has financed its operations through private debt and equity financings, as it has not generated any revenues from product sales to date. It has incurred losses since inception, has an accumulated deficit of $10,038,423 at September 30, 2020, and will require additional capital through the issuance of debt or equity securities to finance the continued development of the business. Management plans to sustain operations through deferring wages, additional preferred stock sales, convertible debt financing, debt financing from third parties, or other financing arrangements with financial institutions. During 2020, the Company issued additional SAFE notes totalling $1,831,875. The Company may need to raise additional debt or equity financing to fund operations, which may or may not be available. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might be necessary if the Company is unable to continue as a going concern.

 

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Use of estimates – The preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates relate to the valuation of stock-based compensation expense, forecasts used in assessing the Company’s liquidity disclosures, and useful lives of property and equipment and intangible assets. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Fair value of financial instruments – The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents. The fair value of the Company’s financial instruments approximates their recorded values due to the short-term maturities of these financial instruments.

 

The Company establishes the fair value of its assets and liabilities using the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The current accounting guidance establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:

 

58
 

 

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

Level 1 – Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

Level 2 – Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets or inputs that are observable.

 

Level 3 – Inputs that are unobservable.

 

Cash and cash equivalents – Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less on the date of purchase.

 

Concentration of credit risk – Financial instruments that potentially expose the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, which are held with financial institutions in amounts that may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses on its deposits of cash and cash equivalents since inception.

 

Property and equipment, net – Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Manufacturing equipment is depreciated over a three-year life, computer equipment is depreciated over a two-year life, and furniture and fixtures are depreciated over a seven-year life. Leasehold improvements are stated at cost and amortized using the straight-line method over the remaining lease term.

 

Intangible assets, net – It is the Company’s policy to capitalize patent filing fees for patents in which they believe they will receive an economic benefit. Intangible assets consist primarily of patent filing fees (Note 5). Intangible assets are amortized using the straight-line method over their useful lives of up to 20 years.

 

Impairment of long-lived assets – The Company reviews the carrying value of long-lived assets used in operations whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets might not be recoverable. Factors that would necessitate an impairment assessment include a significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which an asset is used, a significant adverse change in legal factors or the business climate that could affect the value of the asset, or a significant decline in the observable market value of an asset, among others. As of September 30, 2020, there were no indicators of impairment of long-lived assets.

 

Research and development costs – All research and development costs are charged to expense as incurred, except for certain supplies, which are expensed when used.

 

Revenue Recognition – The company has historically derived its revenue primarily from government grants and contracts. Cost reimbursement grant and contract revenue is recognized and recorded as related research expenses are incurred. The Company receives reimbursement for both direct costs and allocated indirect costs. Direct and indirect costs reimbursed by United States government agencies are subject to review and audit by such agencies. Advances received but not yet earned under the various research grants and contracts are reported as deferred revenue.

 

Advertising expense – The Company expenses advertising costs as they are incurred. Advertising expense for the period ended September 30, 2020 was $0.

 

59
 

 

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

Income taxes – The Company records deferred tax assets and liabilities resulting from temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities, and their reported amounts in the financial statements that will result in taxable deductions or income in future years. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the period that includes the date of change. A valuation allowance is established when necessary to reduce deferred income tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

 

Stock-based compensation – Compensation costs related to equity instruments granted are generally recognized at the grant-date fair value of the awards. Additionally, the Company accounts for forfeitures as they occur. No related tax benefits of the stock-based compensation costs have been recognized since the Company’s inception.

 

For the period ended September 30, 2020, the Company recognized $27,756 in stock-based compensation expense associated with equity awards granted to employees, directors, or officers of the Company or to third-party consultants.

 

Equity instruments awarded to non-employees are periodically remeasured as the underlying awards vest, unless the instruments are fully vested, immediately exercisable, and non-forfeitable on the date of grant.

 

The Company generally grants stock options to purchase common stock with exercise prices equal to the value of the underlying stock, as determined by the Board of Directors on the date the equity award was granted. The Board of Directors determines the value of the underlying stock by considering a number of factors, including third party valuation, historical and projected financial results, the risks the Company faced at the time, the preferences of the Company’s preferred stockholders, and the lack of liquidity of the Company’s common stock.

 

The fair value of options granted to employees and non-employees during the period was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes method with the following assumptions:

 

   2020 
Expected term   10 years 
Interest rate   2.41%
Volatility   70%
Dividend yield   0%
Stock Price  $0.37 

 

The Company estimates the term of the award for employees using the simplified method. For non-employees, the Company uses the contractual term, which is generally 10 years, as the expected term. As the Company does not have a public trading history for its common shares, the expected volatility incorporates historical volatility of similar entities whose share prices are publicly available. The risk-free interest rate is based upon U.S. Treasury securities with remaining terms similar to the expected term of the share-based awards.

 

Recently issued accounting pronouncements – In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), which requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. Entities are permitted to use either a full retrospective or cumulative effect transition method, and are required to adopt all parts of the new revenue standard using the same transition method. The new standard is effective for the Company on January 1, 2019. There was no impact to the Company’s financial statements in 2020.

 

60
 

 

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), which requires lessees to recognize assets and liabilities for leases currently classified as operating leases. Under the new standard a lessee will recognize a liability on the balance sheet representing the lease payments owed, and a right-of-use-asset representing its right to use the underlying asset for the lease term. For leases with a term of 12 months or less, a lessee is permitted to make an accounting policy election not to recognize lease assets and lease liabilities. The new standard is effective for the Company on January 1, 2022. Early adoption of the standard is permitted. At this time, the Company believes the most significant impact to the financial statements will relate to the recording of a right of use asset and the associated liability. The Company has determined that it will not early adopt the standard and is currently evaluating the impact of the standard on the financial statements.

 

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting, which simplifies several aspects of the accounting for employee share-based payment transactions, including the accounting for income taxes, forfeitures, and statutory tax withholding requirements, as well as classification in the statement of cash flows. This ASU is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2018. The Company early adopted this standard as of January 1, 2017. As of December 31, 2019, the Company had accumulated excess tax benefits from temporary differences resulting from the amount and timing of stock-based compensation expense recorded in the financial statements. This reduces the net operating loss deferred tax asset as compared to deductions on the Company’s income tax return from the award compensation. The Company provided a full valuation allowance against the net deferred tax assets since it has been determined that it is more likely than not that all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Upon adoption of this standard, the stock-based compensation excess tax benefit was eliminated, resulting in an increase to the net operating loss deferred tax asset, with a corresponding increase in the valuation allowance. The Company elected to account for forfeitures as they occur to determine the amount of stock-based compensation expense to be recognized each period. The impact of the adoption of this standard has been reflected on the statement of stockholders’ equity as of January 1, 2017, and did not have a material impact on the financial statements.

 

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-07, Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting, which simplifies the accounting for share-based payments granted to nonemployees for goods and services. Under the ASU, most of the guidance on such payments to nonemployees would be aligned with the requirements for share-based payments granted to employees. As a result, most of the guidance in ASC 718 associated with employee share-based payments, including most requirements related to classification and measurement, applies to nonemployee share-based payment arrangements. For all entities, the amendments are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2020. Early adoption is permitted for any entity in any interim or annual period for which financial statements have not been issued or made available for issuance, but not before an entity adopts ASC 606. The Company is currently evaluating the impact this accounting standard will have on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

Subsequent events – The Company evaluated subsequent events through February 1, 2021, the date on which these financial statements were available to be issued (see Note 15).

 

61
 

 

Note 3 – Earnings per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

 

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income attributable to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period without consideration for common stock equivalents. Diluted net income per share attributable to common shareholders is computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period and potentially dilutive common share equivalents, including stock options, restricted stock units and restricted stock awards, except in cases where the effect of the common stock equivalent would be antidilutive. Potential common stock equivalents consist of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options and vesting of restricted stock units and restricted stock awards using the treasury stock method.

 

During 2020, the Company issued 40,000 common shares due to a warrant exercise.

 

   9/30/20 
Basic and diluted earnings per share:     
Net loss attributable to common stockholders (numerator)   (1,635,586)
Weighted-average common shares outstanding (denominator)   9,427,968 
Basic earnings per share  $(0.17)

 

The dilutive effects of converting all outstanding convertible notes, SAFE notes and warrants are outlined below.

 

   2020 
Preferred shares   3,518,238 
Convertible notes   1,582,047 
SAFE notes   1,123,795 
Warrants   132,514 
Stock options   1,950,000 

 

Note 4 – Property and Equipment, Net

 

Property and equipment consist of the following at September 30, 2020:

 

   2020 
Property and equipment  $359,800 
Less accumulated depreciation   (260,346)
   $99,454 

 

Depreciation expense related to property and equipment was $35,178 for the period ended September 30, 2020.

 

Note 5 – Intangible Assets, Net

 

Intangible assets consist of the following at September 30, 2020:

 

   2020 
Capitalized patent filing fees  $658,559 
Less accumulated amortization   (177,353)
   $481,206 

 

The Company has determined the patent filing fees to have an original useful life of 20 years based upon the estimated period the Company will obtain future economic benefit from the related patents. The patent filing fees are amortized over the estimated life using the straight-line method. Amortization expense of $21,225 for the period ended September 30, 2020 was recorded within general and administration expense. Estimated amortization expense related to intangible assets for the years ending December 31 are as follows:

 

2020  $29,293 
2021   29,293 
2022   29,293 
2023   29,293 
2024   29,293 
Thereafter   136,797 
   $283,262 

 

62
 

 

Note 6 – Convertible Notes

 

During the period ended September 30, 2019, the Company issued convertible notes (2019 Notes) for total proceeds of $1,149,592 and incurred issuance costs of $116,651. All notes have a maturity date of January 22, 2021, and accrue simple interest at 5% per annum. All notes have a 20% conversion discount of the original issue price of new preferred stock. The notes, and all accrued interest, can either be converted prior to their maturity date in the event of a Qualified Equity Financing with an aggregate sales price of not less than $2,000,000 (excluding the aggregated amount from the convertible notes), converted at any time by a majority vote of the noteholders, or automatically converts upon the maturity date.

 

Loan costs are amortized over the loan period. The unamortized balance of the loan costs as of September 30, 2020 was $28,510.

 

Note 7 – SAFE Notes

 

During 2020 and 2019, the company issued SAFE notes for total proceeds, net of issuance costs of $11,676, of $2,320,199. These notes will automatically convert to Standard Preferred Stock upon the initial close of an Equity Financing event equal to the purchase amount of the note divided by the $2.075 SAFE Price. The Company has classified these SAFE notes as a short-term liability as the qualified financing event is expected to be completed within 12 months.

 

Note 8 – Shareholder Notes

 

A shareholder note of $100,000 plus accrued interest was paid off in 2020. Additionally, the Company borrowed $100,000 from the CEO, Stephen Willey, as a shareholder note at an interest rate of 1% per month with a maturity date of September 30, 2020.

 

Note 9 – SBA Payroll Protection Program (PPP) Loan

 

In 2020, the Company borrowed $112,420 from the US Small Business Administration under the Payroll Protection Program (PPP). To date, the Company has not accrued interest as the Company expects the majority of this loan to be forgiven.

 

Note 10 – Stockholders’ Deficit

 

Common Stock

 

In 2020, the company issued 40,000 common shares to a warrant holder exercising their right to purchase shares at an exercise prices of $0.01 per share.

 

Preferred Stock

 

The following is a summary of terms for the preferred stock:

 

Conversion – Each share of preferred stock is convertible at the option of the holder into such number of common shares as is determined by dividing the original issue price by the conversion price. The conversion price of $1.6583 per share is initially the original issue price and subject to adjustment. Each share of preferred stock is currently convertible into one share of common stock.

 

Each share of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into fully paid, non-assessable shares of Common Stock at the then effective conversion rate for such share (i) immediately prior to the closing of a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offering and sale of the Corporation’s Common Stock provided that the aggregate gross proceeds to the Corporation are not less than $30,000,000, (ii) the written request for such conversion from the holders of the majority of Preferred Stock then outstanding voting as a single class and an as converted basis, or, (iii) upon the prior cumulative conversion of a majority of the shares of the Series Seed Preferred election of at least 70% of the outstanding shares of preferred stock voting as a single class on an as converted to common stock basis.

 

63
 

 

Note 10 – Stockholders’ Deficit (continued)

 

Liquidation preference – In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, holders of preferred stock are entitled to receive on a pari passu basis among each other an amount per share equal to the original issue price of the applicable series of preferred stock plus declared but unpaid dividends prior and in preference to holders of common stock.

 

Thereafter, any remaining funds of the Company shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of common stock in proportion to the total common stock outstanding. In the event that any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company would result in proceeds per share in excess of the liquidation preference payable to any series of preferred stock, then the shares of such series of preferred stock shall forgo such liquidation preference and instead participate with common stock on a pro-rata, as-converted basis as if all such shares of preferred stock had been converted to common stock immediately prior to the liquidation event.

 

Dividends – Holders of preferred stock are entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of funds legally available and in preference to any other payment of any dividend or distribution, non-cumulative cash dividends of 8% per annum for each share of preferred stock (adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like). In the event the Board of Directors declares a dividend payable upon the then outstanding shares of common stock, convertible preferred stockholders shall be entitled to receive the amount of dividends per share which would be payable on the number of whole shares of common stock into which each share of convertible preferred stock could be converted. No dividends have been declared or paid to date.

 

Voting – Holders of preferred stock and the holders of common stock shall vote together and not as separate classes. Holders of preferred stock are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which the shares of preferred stock held by such holder could be converted as of the record date. Each holder of shares of common stock are entitled to one vote for each share thereof held.

 

Redemption – Except in the case of a liquidation event, preferred stock is not redeemable.

 

Additional rights – The holders of Preferred Series Seed shares (Preferred Shareholders) have the right to designate one member to the Company’s Board of Directors. In the event the Company sells a new series of Preferred Stock in which the new investors receive registration rights (Future Equity Investors), each Preferred Shareholder will be entitled to receive registration rights no less favorable than the registration rights provided to the Future Equity Investors. Preferred Shareholders have the right of first refusal if a common equity shareholder wishes to sell shares to an outside investor. Preferred Shareholders have Co-Sale rights on a pro-rata basis if any Common Shareholder sells to an outside party. Any Preferred Shareholder who owns at least 296,969 of Series Seed Preferred shares can participate on a pro-rata basis in any future Company share sales or share issuances.

 

Common stock reserved for future issuance – Common stock and Series Seed Preferred stock reserved for future issuance consists of the following at December 31, 2019 and 2018:

 

   2020 
Common Shares     
Authorized   20,000,000 
Issued   9,447,968 
      
Remaining to be issued   10,552,032 
      
Series Seed Preferred     
Authorized   3,518,238 
Issued   3,518,238 
      
Remaining to be issued   - 

 

64
 

 

Note 11 – Stock Option Plan

 

Stock options – In 2008, the Company adopted the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (the Equity Incentive Plan) that provides for the issuance of up to 1,000,000 incentive and nonqualified common stock options to employees, directors, officers, and consultants of the Company. As of January 1, 2016, the Company had authorized the issuance of up to 1,950,000 incentive and nonqualified common stock options. On June 11, 2017, the Company authorized an additional 1,952,732 shares of common stock for issuance under the Plan. As of December 31, 2017, there were 2,231,274 shares available for grant under the Plan. The Equity Incentive Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock option and non-statutory stock options awards to eligible recipients. Recipients of incentive stock options shall be eligible to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price equal to no less than the estimated fair market value of such stock on the date of grant. The contractual term of options granted under the Equity Incentive Plan is four years. The options generally vest over the requisite service period of four years. The following table summarizes the Company’s stock option activity:

 

Outstanding at January 1, 2020   1,950,000 
Granted during the year   - 
Exercised during the year   - 
Canceled during the year (forfeited)   - 
Canceled during the year (expired)   - 
      
Outstanding at September 30, 2020   1,950,000 
      
Vested at end of period   1,660,502 
Shares expected to vest   289,498 
      
Vested and expected to vest   1,950,000 

 

During the period ended September 30, 2020, 285,720 options vested with weighted-average grant-date fair value per share at September 30, 2020 of $0.26.

 

At September 30, 2020, there were 289,498 unvested options outstanding that have a weighted-average life of 6.8 years, which have a weighted-average grant-date fair value per share of $0.29. For the period from April 2009 through September 30, 2020, the Company granted 800,000 stock options to consultants.

 

Included in the total stock options granted to consultants, the Company granted 90,000 stock options, which contained performance conditions that must be achieved in order for the stock options to vest. In accounting for stock options with performance conditions, the Company assesses the probability that performance conditions will be achieved and, if probable, compensation cost is accrued and recognized ratably over the estimated service period to achieve the performance conditions. If the Company assesses that is not probable the performance conditions will be achieved, no compensation cost is recognized. As of September 30, 2020, the Company determined that the performance conditions for 40,000 stock options had been achieved, and that it was probable that the performance conditions for an additional 50,000 stock options would be achieved. None of the stock options that have been granted to consultants have been exercised.

 

65
 

 

Note 12 – Commitments and Contingencies

 

Operating leases – The Company leases office space in San Diego, California and Bellevue, Washington.

 

Rental expense for the period ended September 30, 2020, totaled $42,647.

 

As of September 30, 2020, future minimum rental payments required under operating leases and services agreements that have initial or remaining noncancelable lease terms in excess of one year is $8,982.

 

Management is continuing to evaluate the recent outbreak of the COVID-19 virus and its impact on the Company’s operations and financial performance and has concluded that while it is reasonably possible that the virus could have a negative effect on the fair value of the Company and results of operations, the specific impact is not readily determinable as of the date of these financial statements. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

Note 13– Related Parties

 

The company engages Global Ophthalmic Consultants, LLC to perform certain clinical lab consulting and support services for the Company. Dr. Jerome Legerton, Innovega’s Chief Regulatory and Clinical Officer, is also a principal of Global Ophthalmic Consultants, LLC. During the period ended September 30, 2020, the Company paid Global Ophthalmic Consultants, LLC $38,790. As of the period ending September 30, 2020, the Company had no outstanding amounts due, or receivables from, Global Ophthalmic Consultants, LLC.

 

During 2020, the Company issued a shareholder note to its CEO, Stephen Willey, in exchange for a loan with a principal amount of $100,000 and bearing interest at the rate of 1% per month. This note has a maturity date of September 30, 2020 and to date has not yet been repaid.

 

Note 14 – Defined Contribution Plan

 

The Company has established a 401(k) plan, a defined contribution plan for its employees, with eligibility commencing on an employee’s date of hire. Contributions to the 401(k) plan are based on a percentage of the employee’s gross compensation, limited by Internal Revenue Service guidelines for such plans. The Company made matching contributions to the plan for the period ending September 30, 2020 of $21,127.

 

Note 15 – Subsequent Events

 

The Company evaluated subsequent events through February 1, 2021. There were no other material subsequent events that required recognition or additional disclosure in these financial statements.

 

66
 

 

PART III

 

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

1.1 Issuer Agreement with SI Securities, LLC
   
2.1 Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated December 28, 2016
   
2.2 Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated September 12, 2017
   
2.3 Validation of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated June 24, 2019
   
2.4 Form of Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended*
   
2.5 Bylaws*
   
3.1 Form of Amended and restated Stockholders’ Agreement
   
3.2 Amendment to 2019 Convertible Promissory Notes
   
3.3 Note Purchase Agreement dated as of January 22, 2019, among Innovega Inc. and the investors named therein
   
3.4 Form of Simple Agreement for future Equity
   
3.5 Form of Note Conversion Acknowledgment
   
3.6 Form of SAFE Conversion Acknowledgment
   
3.7 Amendment to SAFE Notes Agreement
   
4 Form of Subscription Agreement
   
6.1 Innovega Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan
   
8.1 Form of Escrow Agreement
   
11 Auditor’s Consent
   
12 Opinion of Sichenzia Ross Ference LLP*

 

*To be filed by amendment

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Regulation A, the issuer certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 1-A and has duly caused this Offering Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in San Diego, State of California, on February 4, 2021.

 

INNOVEGA INC.
     
By: /s/ Stephen Willey  
  Stephen Willey  
  Chief Executive Officer  

 

The following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated have signed this Offering Statement.

 

/s/ Stephen Willey  February 4, 2021
Stephen Willey
Chief Executive Officer, Principal Financial Officer, Principal Accounting Officer, Director  

 

/s/ Jerome Legerton  
Jerome Legerton

February 4, 2021

Chief Clinical & Regulatory Officer, Secretary, Director

 

/s/ Shane Kim  February 4, 2021
Shane Kim
Director

 

/s/ Jeff Bradley  February 4, 2021
Jeff Bradley  
Director  

 

67

 

Exhibit 1.1

 

 

7/12/2020

SI Securities, LLC

61 Broadway, Suite 1705

New York, NY 10006

 

THIS AGREEMENT is entered into as of 7/12/2020 (the “Effective Date”) by and among Innovega, Inc. (the “Company”) and SI Securities, LLC (“SI Securities”, and together with Company, the “Parties”) regarding its proposed offering of equity, convertible debt, or any other type of financing (the “Securities”) pursuant to Regulation A under Section 3(b) of the Act (the “Offering”) on the terms and subject to the conditions contained herein (the “Agreement”).

 

Company agrees to solicit non-binding indications of interest under Rule 255 for its proposed Offering using the online platform provided by SeedInvest Technology, LLC at the domain name www.seedinvest.com (the “Online Platform”) upon the approval of SI Securities (“Testing the Waters”), at which point SI Securities and/or SeedInvest Technology may send communications to registered users on the Online Platform. Company will not be charged any commissions or incur any expenses for Testing the Waters and will incur no fees unless Company decides to proceed with an offering under Regulation A.

 

If after Testing the Waters, Company proceeds with an Offering, then Company agrees to retain SI Securities as its exclusive placement agent in connection with said Offering in accordance with the terms set forth in Exhibit A attached herein. Company shall similarly be bound by the terms of Exhibit A if it chooses to forgo Testing the Waters and proceed directly with the Offering. The Company will not be required to retain SI Securities and will not be bound to any fees if it decides to proceed with a capital raise under Regulation D solely from institutional and accredited investors, instead of through Regulation A.

 

This Agreement may be terminated by either party upon written notice at any time (the “Termination Date”). The initial term of this Agreement shall be forty-five (45) days from the Effective Date of this Agreement (the “Initial Term”). The Initial Term shall automatically renew for successive fifteen (15) day periods and automatically terminate two hundred seventy (270) days from the Effective Date (the “Term”), unless notice of termination is delivered prior to then.

 

For a period of twelve (12) months following the Termination Date, Company agrees that it shall provide SI Securities at least 30 days prior written notice of any proposed future offering of Securities made pursuant to Regulation A (the “Future Offering”), and therein shall provide SI Securities the opportunity to serve as Company’s exclusive placement agent in connection with such Future Offering in accordance with the terms set forth in Exhibit A attached herein (the “Right of First Refusal”). The Company shall not be required to provide SI Securities with a Right of First Refusal if the Company exercised its right to terminate this Agreement “for cause” or if SI Securities terminates this Agreement without cause. For the avoidance of doubt, “for cause” termination shall include termination due to any material failure by SI Securities to provide the services contemplated herein. The Company will not be required to retain SI Securities and will not be bound to any fees if, within twelve (12) months of the Termination Date, if it decides to proceed with a capital raise under Regulation D solely from institutional and accredited investors, instead of through Regulation A. However, if SI Securities chooses not to serve as Company’s placement agent for a Future Offering, in its sole discretion, this Agreement shall automatically terminate.

 

The Company represents and warrants to SI Securities that:

 

(i) Company is registered, in good standing in each jurisdiction it conducts business, has obtained all approvals / licenses required to conduct business, including payment of all taxes.

 

(ii) Company shall cooperate with all reasonable due diligence efforts by SI Securities, including, but not limited to the submission of all Offering related communications to SI Securities for approval prior to publicizing or distributing such messages to ensure regulatory compliance.

 

(iii) Company agrees to email its complete list of users / customers and direct them to the Online Platform.

 

(iv) If after commencing the Testing the Waters campaign the Company chooses to proceed with the Offering, it shall do so under Tier II of Regulation A. Company hereby agrees that it shall promptly notify SI Securities if it chooses to offer securities under any another provision.

 

(v) All materials provided by Company or posted to the Online Platform will not contain (a) any misstatement of a material fact or omission of any material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or any (b) exaggerated, unwarranted, promissory or unsubstantiated claims. Company shall promptly notify SI Securities if it discovers any such misstatement or inconsistency, or the omission of a material fact, in such materials, and promptly supplement or amend the materials and correct its statements whenever it is necessary to do so in order to comply with applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to ensure truthfulness, accuracy, and fairness in the presentation of the Offering.

 

(vi) Company shall supply backup verification for any material fact or claim made, as reasonably requested by SI Securities.

 

(vii) Company will protect and maintain all confidential information provided by SI Securities or SeedInvest to the Company.

 

(viii) During the Term, Company will not engage any person or entity to perform services similar to those provided by SI Securities (including other online platforms) without the prior written consent of SI Securities. For the avoidance of doubt, Company may seek funding directly from venture capital firms and angel investors.

 

SI Securities represents and warrants to the Company that:

 

(i)SI Securities is duly registered and in good standing in each jurisdiction in which it conducts business and has obtained all approvals/licenses required to conduct its business, including the payment of all taxes.
  
(ii)Without limiting the generality of the previous representation, SI Securities will, throughout the Term, maintain its registration with the SEC as a broker- dealer and remain a member of FINRA in good standing and authorized under its FINRA Membership Agreement to conduct the activities contemplated in this Agreement.

 

 
 

 

(iii)At all times during the Term, SI Securities will conduct its activities in compliance with applicable law, including without limitation any and all requirements related to its status as a broker-dealer under federal and/or state law and/or the rules of FINRA.
  
(iv)SI Securities will only approve and refer to the Company potential investors that meet the requirements of Section 251(d)(2)(C) of Regulation A under the Securities Act.
  
(v)To the extent SI Securities includes any Company business updates (that have not been previously reviewed or consented to by the Company) in any offering materials, the use of such business updates in any offering materials shall be subject to the Company’s prior consent.
  
(vi)Neither SI Securities nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents or beneficial owners of 20% or more of SI Securities’ outstanding voting equity securities is or has been (a) indicted for or convicted of any felony or any securities or investment related offense of any kind, (b) enjoined, barred, suspended, censured, sanctioned or otherwise restricted with respect to any securities or investment-related business or undertaking, (c) the subject or target of any securities or investment-related investigation by any regulatory authority, (d) subject to any of the “Bad Actor” disqualifications described in Rule 262 of Regulation A under the Securities Act.

 

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the New York and the federal laws of the United States of America. SI Securities and Company hereby consent and submit to the jurisdiction and forum of the state and federal courts in New York in all questions and controversies arising out of this Agreement.

 

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. The Parties agree that a facsimile signature may substitute for and have the same legal effect as the original signature. This Agreement and its attached exhibits constitute the entire agreement between the Parties.

 

Company: Innovega Inc.   SI Securities, LLC
         
By:   By:
Name: Stephen Willey   Name: Ryan Feit

 

 
 

 

EXHIBIT A

SI Securities, LLC – Regulation A Issuer Agreement

 

THIS EXHIBIT is entered into as of the Effective Date by and among Company and SI Securities regarding its Offering of Securities on the terms and subject to the conditions contained herein (the “Exhibit”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined in this Exhibit shall have the meaning set forth above. This Exhibit will only apply if the Company decides to proceed with an Offering under Regulation A and will not apply if it decides to proceed with a capital raise under Regulation D solely from institutional and accredited investors.

 

The Company hereby retains SI Securities as its exclusive placement agent in connection with the Offering. SI Securities agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to effect the Offering. SI Securities shall identify prospective investors (the “Prospects”) and Company shall make at least 70% of the Securities in the Offering available to respective Prospects. For the avoidance of doubt, other than such investors listed in Schedule I (which shall be provided prior to the commencement of the Company’s Testing the Waters campaign, and which may be updated from time to time with mutual consent of the Parties, which shall not be unreasonably withheld), Prospects include all existing investors of the Company who invested through the Online Platform and/or were identified by SI Securities. Company understands that SI Securities intends to use the Online Platform to facilitate the Offering upon satisfactory completion of SI Securities’ due diligence as determined in its sole discretion.

 

Company shall pay to SI Securities, in cash, an amount equal to 8.5% of the value of Securities purchased by Prospects in the Offering from the proceeds of the Offering (the “Compensation”) at each applicable closing (a “Closing”). Company acknowledges that SI Securities charges Prospects who make investments through the Online Platform a 2% non-refundable transaction processing fee, up to $300 (the “Transaction Fee”), and which Company is not responsible for. The Transaction Fee is broken out as follows: i) 50% is meant to cover the financial and administrative costs associated with the processing of payments via Wire, ACH, and Debit transfers; and ii) the remaining 50% is meant to cover the financial and administrative costs of the related and subsequent reconciliation of cash and securities in Prospects accounts.

 

SI Securities shall receive Compensation based on the Fair-Market Value of all gross proceeds, services, and/or goods received by the Company by Prospects in exchange for Securities issued in the Offering. The Fair-Market-Value shall be equal to the value of Securities received in exchange, less any cash consideration paid. Company shall pay Compensation to SI Securities in the event that, at any time prior to twelve (12) months after the Termination Date, Company sells or enters into an agreement to sell Securities to a Prospect.

 

The Company represents and warrants to SI Securities that:

 

(i)Company’s prior representations remain true and correct.
  
(ii)Company shall not, without the prior written consent of SI Securities, accept investments in the Offering by Prospects unless such investment occurs through the Online Platform and the applicable investment funds are routed through the escrow account established by SI Securities.
  
(iii)Company will accept any proposed subscriptions by Prospects, and at Closing, promptly issue the applicable Securities to such subscribing investor unless it receives the written consent of SI Securities to reject such respective subscription.
  
(iv)Following Closing of the Offering, and until the date at which Company is acquired or conducts its initial public offering, Company shall provide quarterly updates to SI Securities and each Prospect who purchased Securities in the Offering (within 30 days following the close of each quarter). Such updates shall include at least the following information: (i) quarterly net sales, (ii) quarterly change in cash and cash on hand, (iii) material updates on the business, (iv)fundraising updates (any plans for next round, current round status, etc.), and (v) notable press and news.
  
(v)Company shall use reasonable efforts to include a prominent positive reference to raising capital utilizing the Online Platform in all press releases regarding its Closing of the Offering. SI Securities shall have the right to reference the Offering and its role in connection therewith in marketing materials, on its website and in the press.
  
(vi)Neither the Company nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any of its officers, directors, employees, agents or beneficial owners of 20% or more of the Company’s outstanding voting equity securities is or has been (a) indicted for or convicted of any felony or any securities or investment related offense of any kind, (b) enjoined, barred, suspended, censured, sanctioned or otherwise restricted with respect to any securities or investment-related business or undertaking, (c) the subject or target of any securities or investment-related investigation by any regulatory authority, (d) subject to any of the “Bad Actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) to (viii) under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”).
  
(vii)Company shall, at its own expense, prepare and file a Form 1-A with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and any applicable states and take all other actions necessary to qualify for the exemption provided by Tier II of Regulation A under Section 3(b) of the Act, in connection with the Offering, make all related state “blue-sky” filings and take all actions necessary to perfect such federal and state exemptions, and provide copies of such filings to SI Securities. In addition, the Company shall pay the fees associated with registering the Securities with the Depository Trust and Clearing Corporation.
  
(viii)Company has not taken, and will not take any action to cause the Offering to fail to be entitled to rely upon the exemption from registration afforded by Section 3(b) of the Securities Act. Company agrees to comply with applicable provisions of the Act and any requirements thereunder. Company agrees that any representations and warranties made by it to any investor in the Offering shall be deemed also to be made to SI Securities for its benefit.

 

Company agrees that, except in the case of gross negligence, fraud or willful misconduct by SI Securities and each of its respective affiliates and their respective directors, officers and employees, it will indemnify and hold harmless SI Securities and its respective affiliates and their respective directors, officers, employees for any loss, claim, damage, expense or liability incurred by the other (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses in investigating, defending against or appearing as a third-party witness in connection with any action or proceeding) in any claim arising out of a material breach (or alleged breach) by it of any provision of this Exhibit, as a result of any potential violation of any law or regulation, or in any third-party claim arising out of any investment or potential investment in the Offering by a person other than a Prospect.

 

 
 

 

Company hereby agrees that if it breaches any portion of this Exhibit, (a) SI Securities and any applicable third-party beneficiary (each, a “Damaged Party”) would suffer irreparable harm; (b) it would be difficult to determine damages, and money damages alone would be an inadequate remedy for the injuries suffered by the applicable Damaged Party; and (c) if a Damaged Party seeks injunctive relief to enforce this Exhibit, Company will waive and will not (i) assert any defense that the Damaged Party has an adequate remedy at law with respect to the breach, (ii) require that the Damaged Party submit proof of the economic value of any losses, or (iii) require the Damaged to post a bond or any other security. Accordingly, in addition to any other remedies and damages available, Company acknowledges and agrees that each Damaged Party may immediately seek enforcement of this Exhibit by means of specific performance or injunction, without any requirement to post a bond or other security. Nothing contained in this Exhibit shall limit the Damaged Party’s right to any other remedies at law or in equity. In any litigation, arbitration, or other proceeding by which one party either seeks to enforce its rights under this Exhibit (whether in contract, tort, or both) or seeks a declaration of any rights or obligations under this Exhibit, the prevailing party shall be awarded its reasonable attorney fees, and costs and expenses incurred. All rights and remedies herein shall be in addition to all other rights and remedies available at law or in equity, including, without limitation, specific performance against the Company for the enforcement of this Exhibit, and temporary and permanent injunctive relief.

 

THE LIABILITY OF SI SECURITIES, WHETHER BASED ON AN ACTION OR CLAIM IN CONTRACT, EQUITY, NEGLIGENCE, TORT, OR OTHERWISE FOR ALL EVENTS, ACTS, OR OMISSIONS RELATED TO THIS EXHIBIT SHALL NOT EXCEED THE FEES PAID OR PAYABLE TO SI SECURITIES, UNDER THIS EXHIBIT, EXCEPT IN THE EVENT OF FRAUD, GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT ON THE PART OF SI SECURITIES.

 

This Exhibit shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the New York and the federal laws of the United States of America. SI Securities and Company hereby consent and submits to the jurisdiction and forum of the state and federal courts in New York in all questions and controversies arising out of this Exhibit. Aside from otherwise previously mentioned above, in any arbitration, litigation, or other proceeding by which one party either seeks to enforce this Exhibit or seeks a declaration of any rights or obligations under this Exhibit, the non-prevailing party shall pay the prevailing party’s costs and expenses, including but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees. The failure of either party at any time to require performance by the other party of any provision of this Exhibit shall in no way affect that party’s right to enforce such provisions, nor shall the waiver by either party of any breach of any provision of this Exhibit be taken or held to be a waiver of any further breach of the same provision. This Exhibit and Schedule I constitute the entire Exhibit between the Parties.

 

 
 

 

SCHEDULE I2

 

 

2 NTD: To be updated from time to time.

 

 

  

 Exhibit 2.1

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

 

INNOVEGA INC.

 

Innovega Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), certifies that:

 

1. The name of the Corporation is lnnovega Inc. The Corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on June 23, 2008.

 

2. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and has been duly approved by the written consent of the stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

3. The text of the Certificate of Incorporation is amended and restated to read as set forth in EXHIBIT A attached hereto.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Innovega Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by Stephen Willey, a duly authorized officer of the Corporation, on December 28, 2016.

 

  /s/ Stephen Willev
  Stephen Willey
  President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

ARTICLE I

 

The name of the Corporation is Innovega Inc.

 

ARTICLE II

 

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

ARTICLE III

 

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the city of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19808. The name of the registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

The total number of shares of stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 16,998,815, consisting of 15,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “Common Stock”), and 1,998,815 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “Preferred Stock”). The first series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series Seed Preferred Stock” and shall consist of 1,998,815 shares.

 

ARTICLE V

 

The terms and provisions of the Common Stock and Preferred Stock are as follows:

 

1. Definitions. For purposes of this ARTICLE V, the following definitions shall apply:

 

(a) “Conversion Price” shall mean $1.6583 per share for the Series Seed Preferred Stock (subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations and as otherwise set forth elsewhere herein).

 

(b) “Convertible Securities” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock.

 

(c) “Corporation” shall mean Innovega Inc.

 

(d) “Distribution” shall mean the transfer of cash or other property without consideration whether by way of dividend or otherwise, other than dividends on Common Stock payable in Common Stock, or the purchase or redemption of shares of the Corporation by the Corporation for cash or property other than: (i) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase, (ii) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation or its subsidiaries pursuant to rights of first refusal contained in agreements providing for such right, (iii) repurchase of capital stock of the Corporation in connection with the settlement of disputes with any stockholder, and (iv) any other repurchase or redemption of capital stock of the Corporation approved by the holders of the Common and Preferred Stock of the Corporation voting as separate classes.

 

-2-

 

 

(e) “Dividend Rate” shall mean an annual rate of $0.1326 per share for the Series Seed Preferred Stock (subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations as set forth elsewhere herein).

 

(f) “Liquidation Preference” shall mean $1.6583 per share for the Series Seed Preferred Stock (subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations as set forth elsewhere herein).

 

(g) “Options” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

 

(h) “Original Issue Price” shall mean $1.6583 per share for the Series Seed Preferred Stock (subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations as set forth elsewhere herein).

 

(i) “Recapitalization” shall mean any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event.

 

2. Dividends.

 

(a) Preferred Stock. In any calendar year, the holders of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets at the time legally available therefor, at the Dividend Rate specified for such shares of Preferred Stock payable in preference and priority to any declaration or payment of any Distribution on Common Stock of the Corporation in such calendar year. No Distributions shall be made with respect to the Common Stock unless dividends on the Preferred Stock have been declared in accordance with the preferences stated herein and all declared dividends on the Preferred Stock have been paid or set aside for payment to the Preferred Stock holders. The right to receive dividends on shares of Preferred Stock shall not be cumulative, and no right to dividends shall accrue to holders of Preferred Stock by reason of the fact that dividends on said shares are not declared or paid.

 

(b) Additional Dividends. After the payment or setting aside for payment of the dividends described in Section 2(a), any additional dividends (other than dividends on Common Stock payable solely in Common Stock) set aside or paid in any fiscal year shall be set aside or paid among the holders of the Preferred Stock and Common Stock then outstanding in proportion to the greatest whole number of shares of Common Stock which would be held by each such holder if all shares of Preferred Stock were converted at the then-effective Conversion Rate (as defined in Section 4).

 

(c) Non-Cash Distributions. Whenever a Distribution provided for in this Section 2 shall be payable in property other than cash, the value of such Distribution shall be deemed to be the fair market value of such property as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

 

(d) lPoiver of Dividends. Any dividend preference of any series of Preferred Stock may be waived, in whole or in part, by the consent or vote of the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of such series.

 

-3-

 

 

3. Liquidation Rights.

 

(a) Liquidation Preference. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any Distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of the Common Stock by reason of their ownership of such stock, an amount per share for each share of Preferred Stock held by them equal to the greater of(i) the Liquidation Preference specified for such share of Preferred Stock, plus all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Preferred Stock, or such lesser amount as may be approved by the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock or (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation. If upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the holders of the Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full amounts specified in this Section 3(a), then the entire assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Preferred Stock in proportion to the full amounts they would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 3(a).

 

(b) Remaining Assets. After the payment or setting aside for payment to the holders of Preferred Stock of the full mounts specified in Section 3(a), the entire remaining assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed pro rata to holders of the Common Stock of the Corporation in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them.

 

(e) Shares not Treated as Both Preferred Stock and Common Stock in any Distribution. Shares of Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to be converted into shares of Common Stock in order to participate in any Distribution, or series of Distributions, as shares of Common Stock, without first foregoing participation in the Distribution, or series of Distributions, as shares of Preferred Stock.

 

(d) Reorganization. For purposes of this Section 3, a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation shall be deemed to be occasioned by, or to include, (i) the acquisition of the Corporation by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Corporation is party (including, without limitation, any stock acquisition, reorganization, merger or consolidation but excluding any sale of stock for capital raising purposes) other than a transaction or series of transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such transaction retain, immediately after such transaction or series of transactions, as a result of shares in the Corporation held by such holders prior to such transaction, at least a majority of the total voting power represented by the outstanding voting securities of the Corporation or such other surviving or resulting entity (or if the Corporation or such other surviving or resulting entity is a wholly-owned subsidiary immediately following such acquisition, its parent); (ii) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation by means of any transaction or series of related transactions, except where such sale, lease or other disposition is to a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation; or (iii) any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary. The treatment of any transaction or series of related transactions as a liquidation, dissolution or winding up pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) of the preceding sentence may be waived by the consent or vote of a majority of the outstanding Preferred Stock (voting as a single class and on an as-converted basis).

 

(e) Valuation of Non-Cash Consideration. If any assets of the Corporation distributed to stockholders in connection with any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation are other than cash, then the value of such assets shall be their fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, except that any publicly-traded securities to be distributed to stockholders in a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation shall be valued as follows:

 

(i) If the securities are then traded on a national securities exchange, then the value of the securities shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange over the ten (10) trading day period ending five (5) trading days prior to the Distribution;

 

-4-

 

 

(ii) if the securities are actively traded over-the-counter, then the value of the securities shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices of the securities over the ten (10) trading day period ending five (5) trading days prior to the Distribution.

 

In the event of a merger or other acquisition of the Corporation by another entity, the Distribution date shall be deemed to be the date such transaction closes.

 

For the purposes of this subsection 3(e), “Trading day” shall mean any day which the exchange or system on which the securities to be distributed are traded is open and “closing prices” or “chasing bid prices” shall be deemed to be: (i) for securities traded primarily on the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange or a Nasdaq market, the last reported trade price or sale price, as the case may be, at 4:00 p.m., New York time, on that day and (ii) for securities listed or traded on other exchanges, markets and systems, the market price as of the end of the regular hours trading period that is generally accepted as such for such exchange, market or system. If, after the date hereof, the benchmark times generally accepted in the securities industry for determining the market price of a stock as of a given trading day shall change from those set forth above, the fair market value shall be determined as of such other generally accepted benchmark times.

 

4. Conversion. The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows:

 

(a) Right to Convert. Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock, into that number of fully-paid, nonassessable shares of Common Stock determined by dividing the Original Issue Price for the relevant series by the Conversion Price for such series. (The number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Preferred Stock of a series may be converted is hereinafter referred to as the “Conversion date” for each such series.) Upon any decrease or increase in the Conversion Price for any series of Preferred Stock as described in this Section 4, the Conversion Rate for such series shall be appropriately increased or decreased.

 

(b) Automatic Conversion. Each share of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into fully-paid, non-assessable shares of Common Stock at the then effective Conversion Rate for such share (i) immediately prior to the closing of a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act’), covering the offer and sale of the Corporation’s Common Stock provided that aggregate gross proceeds to the Corporation are not less than $30,000,000 (a “Qualified IPO’Q, (ii) upon the receipt by the Corporation of a written request for such conversion from the holders of a majority of the Preferred Stock then outstanding (voting as a single class and on an as-converted basis), or, if later, the effective date for conversion specified in such requests, or (iii) upon the prior cumulative conversion of a majority of the shares of Series Seed Preferred (each of the events referred to in (i), (ii) and (iii) are referred to herein as an “Automatic Conversion Event’).

 

-5-

 

 

(c) Mechanics of Conversion. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the then fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined by the Board of Directors. For such purpose, all shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder of Preferred Stock shall be aggregated, and any resulting fractional share of Common Stock shall be paid in cash. Before any holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into full shares of Common Stock and to receive certificates therefor, the holder shall either (i) surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock or (ii) notify the Corporation or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and execute an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at such office that the holder elects to convert the same; provided, however, that on the date of an Automatic Conversion Event, the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted automatically without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Corporation or its transfer agent; provided further, however, that the Corporation shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such Automatic Conversion Event unless either the certificates evidencing such shares of Preferred Stock are delivered to the Corporation or its transfer agent as provided above, or the holder notifies the Corporation or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates. On the date of the occurrence of an Automatic Conversion Event, each holder of record of shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed to be the holder of record of the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion, notwithstanding that the certificates representing such shares of Preferred Stock shall not have been surrendered at the office of the Corporation, that notice from the Corporation shall not have been received by any holder of record of shares of Preferred Stock or that the certificates evidencing such shares of Common Stock shall not then be actually delivered to such holder.

 

The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after such delivery, or after such agreement and indemnification, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred Stock. a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which the holder shall be entitled as aforesaid and a check payable to the holder in the amount of any cash amounts payable as the result of a conversion into fractional shares of Common Stock. plus any declared and unpaid dividends on the converted Preferred Stock. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the shares of Preferred Stock to be converted, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock on such date; provided, however, that if the conversion is in connection with an underwritten offer of securities registered pursuant to the Securities Act or a merger, sale, financing, or liquidation of the Corporation or other event, the conversion may, at the option of any holder tendering Preferred Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing of such transaction or upon the occurrence of such event, in which case the person(s) entitled to receive the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion of the Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of such transaction or the occurrence of such event.

 

(d) Adjustments to Conversion Price for Dilution Issues.

 

(i) Special Definition. For purposes of this paragraph 4(d), “Additional Shares of Common” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to paragraph 4(d)(iii), deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, other than issuances or deemed issuances of:

 

(1) shares of Common Stock upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock;

 

(2) shares of Common Stock and options, warrants or other rights to purchase Common Stock issued or issuable to employees, officers or directors of, or consultants or advisors to the Corporation or any subsidiary pursuant to stock grants, restricted stock purchase agreements, option plans, purchase plans, incentive programs or similar arrangements, in each case, as approved by a majority of the Board of Directors;

 

(3) shares of Common Stock upon the exercise or conversion of Options or Convertible Securities;

 

-6-

 

 

(4) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable as a dividend or distribution on Preferred Stock or pursuant to any event for which adjustment is made pursuant to paragraph 4(e), 4(f) or 4(g) hereof;

 

(5) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable in a Qualified IPO;

 

(6) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to the acquisition of another corporation by the Corporation by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization or to a joint venture agreement, provided, that such issuances are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors; and provided, further, that such shares issued or issuable do not exceed five percent (5%) of the capital stock of the Corporation (assuming full conversion of or exercise of all outstanding convertible securities, rights, options, and warrants) at the time of such issuance;

 

(7) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable in connection with sponsored research, collaboration, technology license, development, OEM, marketing or other similar agreements or strategic partnerships approved by a majority of the Board of Directors; provided, that such shares issued or issuable do not exceed five percent (5%) of the capital stock of the Corporation (assuming full conversion of or exercise of all outstanding convertible securities, rights, options, and warrants) at the time of such issuance; and

 

(8) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable to banks, equipment lessors, real property lessors, financial institutions or other persons engaged in the business of making loans pursuant to a debt financing, commercial leasing or real property leasing transaction approved by a majority of the Board of Directors; provided, that such shares issued or issuable do not exceed five percent (5%) of the capital stock of the Corporation (assuming full conversion of or exercise of all outstanding convertible securities, rights, options, and warrants) at the time of such issuance.

 

(ii) No Adjustment of Conversion Price. No adjustment in the Conversion Price of a particular series of Preferred Stock shall be made in respect of the issuance of Additional Shares of Common unless the consideration per share (as determined pursuant to paragraph 4(d)(v)) for an Additional Share of Common issued or deemed to be issued by the Corporation is less than the Conversion Price in effect on the date of, and immediately prior to such issue, for such series of Preferred Stock.

 

(iii) Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common. In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the date of the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto without regard to any provisions contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities or, in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options and the conversion or exchange of the underlying securities, shall be deemed to have been issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, provided that in any such case in which shares are deemed to be issued:

 

(1) no further adjustment in the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock shall be made upon the subsequent issue of Convertible Securities or shares of Common Stock in connection with the exercise of such Options or conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities;

 

-7-

 

 

(2) if such Options or Convertible Securities by their terms provide, with the passage of time or otherwise, for any change in the consideration payable to the Corporation or in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange thereof(other than a change pursuant to the anti-dilution provisions of such Options or Convertible Securities such as this Section 4(d) or pursuant to Recapitalization provisions of such Options or Convertible Securities such as Sections 4(e), 4(f) and 4(g) hereof), the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock and any subsequent adjustments based thereon shall be recomputed to reflect such change as if such change had been in effect as of the original issue thereof(or upon the occurrence of the record date with respect thereto);

 

(3) no readjustment pursuant to clause (2) above shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock to an amount above the Conversion Price that would have resulted from any other issuances of Additional Shares of Common and any other adjustments provided for herein between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date;

 

(4) upon the expiration of any such Options or any rights of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities which shall not have been exercised, the Conversion Price of each Series of Preferred Stock computed upon the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) and any subsequent adjustments based thereon shall, upon such expiration, be recomputed as if:

 

(a) in the case of Convertible Securities or Options for Common Stock, the only Additional Shares of Common issued were the shares of Common Stock, if any, actually issued upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities and the consideration received therefor was the consideration actually received by the Corporation for the issue of such exercised Options plus the consideration actually received by the Corporation upon such exercise or for the issue of all such Convertible Securities which were actually converted or exchanged, plus the additional consideration, if any, actually received by the Corporation upon such conversion or exchange, and

 

(b) in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, only the Convertible Securities, if any, actually issued upon the exercise thereof were issued at the time of issue of such Options, and the consideration received by the Corporation for the Additional Shares of Common deemed to have been then issued was the consideration actually received by the Corporation for the issue of such exercised Options, plus the consideration deemed to have been received by the Corporation (determined pursuant to Section 4(d)(v)) upon the issue of the Convertible Securities with respect to which such Options were actually exercised; and

 

(5) if such record date shall have been fixed and such Options or Convertible Securities are not issued on the date fixed therefor, the adjustment previously made in the Conversion Price which became effective on such record date shall be canceled as of the close of business on such record date, and thereafter the Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this paragraph 4(d)(iii) as of the actual date of their issuance.

 

(iv) Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common. In the event this Corporation shall issue Additional Shares of Common (including Additional Shares of Common deemed to be issued pursuant to paragraph 4(d)(iii)) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the applicable Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issue, then, the Conversion Price of the affected series of Preferred Stock shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest cent) determined by multiplying such Conversion Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of shares which the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for the total number of Additional Shares of Common so issued would purchase at such Conversion Price, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of such Additional Shares of Common so issued. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Conversion Price shall not be reduced at such time if the amount of such reduction would be less than $0.01, but any such amount shall be carried forward, and a reduction will be made with respect to such amount at the time of, and together with, any subsequent reduction which, together with such amount and any other amounts so carried forward, equal $0.01 or more in the aggregate. For the purposes of this Subsection 4(d)(iv), all shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock and the exercise and/or conversion of any other outstanding Convertible Securities and all outstanding Options shall be deemed to be outstanding.

 

-8-

 

 

(v) Determination of Consideration. For purposes of this subsection 4(d), the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue (or deemed issue) of any Additional Shares of Common shall be computed as follows:

 

(1) Cash and Property. Such consideration shall:

 

(a) insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation before deducting any reasonable discounts, commissions or other expenses allowed, paid or incurred by the Corporation for any underwriting or otherwise in connection with such issuance;

 

(b) insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors; and

 

(c) in the event Additional Shares of Common are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (a) and (b) above, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

 

(2) Options and Convertible Securities. The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common deemed to have been issued pursuant to paragraph 4(d)(iii) shall be determined by dividing:

 

(x) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities by

 

(y) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

 

(e) Adjustments for Subdivisions or Combinations of Common Stock. In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise), into a greater number of shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately decreased. In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Prices in effect immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately increased.

 

-9-

 

 

(E) Adjustments for Subdivisions or Combinations of Preferred Stock. In the event the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock or a series of Preferred Stock shall be subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise), into a greater number of shares of Preferred Stock. the Dividend Rate, Original Issue Price and Liquidation Preference of the affected series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately decreased. In the event the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock or a series of Preferred Stock shall be combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of Preferred Stock, the Dividend Rate, Original Issue Price and Liquidation Preference of the affected series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately increased.

 

(g) Adjustments for Reclassification, Exchange and Substitution. Subject to Section 3 (“Liquidation Rights’), if the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock shall be changed into the same or a different number of shares of any other class or classes of stock whether by capital reorganization, reclassification or otherwise (other than a subdivision or combination of shares provided for above), then, in any such event, in lieu of the number of shares of Common Stock which the holders would otherwise have been entitled to receive each holder of such Preferred Stock shall have the right thereafter to convert such shares of Preferred Stock into a number of shares of such other class or classes of stock which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of such series of Preferred Stock immediately before that change would have been entitled to receive in such reorganization or reclassification, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein with respect to such other shares.

 

(h) Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4, the Corporation at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments and readjustments, (ii) the Conversion Price at the time in effect and (iii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of Preferred Stock.

 

(i) Waiver of Adjustment of Conversion Price. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any downward adjustment of the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock may be waived by the consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of such series either before or after the issuance causing the adjustment. Any such waiver shall bind all future holders of shares of such series of Preferred Stock.

 

(j) Notices of Record State. In the event that this Corporation shall propose at any time:

 

(i) to declare any Distribution upon its Common Stock, whether in cash, property, stock or other securities, whether or not a regular cash dividend and whether or not out of earnings or earned surplus;

 

(ii) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of its Common Stock outstanding involving a change in the Common Stock; or

 

-10-

 

 

(iii) to voluntarily liquidate or dissolve or to enter into any transaction deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the corporation pursuant to Section 3(d); then, in connection with each such event, this Corporation shall send to the holders of the Preferred Stock at least ten (10) days’ prior written notice of the date on which a record shall be taken for such Distribution (and specifying the date on which the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled thereto and, if applicable, the amount and character of such Distribution ) or for determining rights to vote in respect of the matters referred to in (ii) and (iii) above.

 

Such written notice shall be given by first class mail (or express courier), postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of Preferred Stock at the address for each such holder as shown on the books of the Corporation and shall be deemed given on the date such notice is mailed.

 

The notice provisions set forth in this section may be shortened or waived prospectively or retrospectively by the consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the Preferred Stock voting as a single class and on an as-converted basis.

 

(k) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion. The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

 

5. Voting.

 

(a) Restricted Class Voting. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as required by law, the holders of Preferred Stock and the holders of Common Stock shall vote together and not as separate classes.

 

(b) No Series Voting. Other than as provided herein or required by law, there shall be no series voting.

 

(c) Preferred Stock. Each holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder could be converted as of the record date. Fractional votes shall not be permitted and any fractional voting rights resulting from the above formula (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder could be converted) shall be disregarded. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as required by law, the holders of shares of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to vote on all matters on which the Common Stock shall be entitled to vote. Holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

(d) Adjustment in Authorized Common Stock. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding) by an affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the Corporation.

 

(e) Common Stack. Each holder of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share thereof held.

 

-11-

 

 

6. Redemption. The Preferred Stock is not redeemable.

 

7. Amendments and Changes. The Corporation shall not, without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent as provided by law) of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws of the Corporation), any such act or transaction or transactions effected without such approval being null and void ab initio and of no force or effect:

 

(a) amend, alter or repeal any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws of the Corporation (including pursuant to a merger) if such action would materially adversely alter the rights, preferences, privileges or powers of, or restrictions provided for the benefit of the Series Seed Preferred Stock;

 

(b) increase or decrease (other than for decreases resulting from conversion of the Preferred Stock) the authorized number of shares of Series Seed Preferred Stock; or

 

(c) amend this Section 6.

 

8. Reissuance of Preferred Stock. In the event that any shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted pursuant to Section 4 or otherwise repurchased by the Corporation, the shares so converted or repurchased shall be cancelled and shall not be issuable by this Corporation.

 

9. Notices. Any notice required by the provisions of this ARTICLE V to be given to the holders of Preferred Stock shall be deemed given if deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to each holder of record at such holder’s address appearing on the books of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

Unless otherwise set forth herein, the number of directors that constitute the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

-12-

 

 

ARTICLE X

 

1. To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended. Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Section 1, nor the adoption of any provision of this Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Section 1, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Section 1, in respect of any matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this Section 1, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

 

2. The Corporation shall have the power to indemnify, to the extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “Proceeding”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding. A right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses arising under a provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or a bylaw of the Corporation shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation after the occurrence of the act or omission that is the subject of the civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought, unless the provision in effect at the time of such act or omission explicitly authorizes such elimination or impairment after such action or omission has occurred.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE XII

 

The Corporation renounces any interest or expectancy of this corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, an Excluded Opportunity and waives any claim that the Excluded Opportunity constitutes a corporate opportunity that should have been presented by the Covered Person to this corporation. An “Excluded Opportunity” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of, (i) any director of the Corporation who is not an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any holder of Preferred Stock or any affiliate, partner, member, director, stockholder, employee or agent of any such holder, other than someone who is an employee of this corporation or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, “Covered Persons”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of the Corporation.

 

-13-

 

 

 

Exhibit 2.2

 

 

 
 

 

 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

 

TO AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

 

INNOVEGA INC.

 

Innovega Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), certifies that:

 

1. The name of the Corporation is Innovega Inc. The Corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on June 23, 2008.

 

2. This Certificate of Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and restates, integrates and further amends the provisions of the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

 

3. ARTICLE IV of the Amended and Restated Certificate is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“The total number of shares of stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 23,498,815, consisting of 20,000,000 shares of Common Stock $0.0001 par value per share (the “Common Stock”), and 3,498,815 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “Preferred Stock”). The first Series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series Seed Preferred Stock” and shall consist of 3,498,815 shares.”

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, lnnovega Inc., has caused this Certificate of Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by Stephen Willey, a duly authorized officer of the Corporation, on September 8, 2017.

 

  /s/ Stephen Willey
  Stephen Willey
  Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 2.3

 

 

   

 

 

 

CERTIFICATE OF VALIDATION

 

OF

 

RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

INNOVEGA INC.

 

Innovega Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), does hereby certify that:

 

First: The name of the Corporation is Innovega Inc.

 

Second: The defective corporate act that is the subject of this Certificate of Validation is the purported issuance of 776,840 shares of Series Seed Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Series Seed Preferred Stock”), of the Corporation that, in light of the failure of authorization as described herein, may constitute an overissue of shares of Series Seed Preferred Stock (the “Issuances”). The dates of the defective corporate acts were May 3, 2018 and June 29, 2018. The nature of the failure of authorization in respect of the Issuances was that, (i) in order to have enough authorized shares of Series Seed Preferred Stock, the Corporation was required to amend its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to increase the total number of shares of the Corporation’s preferred stock (the “Preferred Stock”) (including Series Seed Preferred Stock) that the Corporation was authorized to issue, but the Corporation did not obtain the requisite approvals of the Corporation’s board of directors (the “Board”) and the Corporation’s stockholders to effect such an amendment or file a certificate with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware effecting such an amendment in accordance with the applicable provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), including Section 242 of the DGCL, prior to the Issuances, such that the Corporation did not have an adequate number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock or Series Seed Preferred Stock to fully permit the Issuances and (ii) in order to have enough authorized shares of Series Seed Preferred Stock to sell and issue pursuant to the Corporation’s Series Seed Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) the Corporation was required to amend the Purchase Agreement to increase the total number of shares of Series Seed Preferred Stock that the Corporation was authorized to issue and sell thereunder, but the Corporation did not obtain the requisite approvals of the Board and the Corporation’s stockholders to effect such an amendment to the Purchase Agreement.

 

Third: The Issuances, the defective corporate act, was ratified in accordance with Section 204 of the DGCL. The Board duly adopted resolutions to ratify the defective corporate act on December 22, 2018, pursuant to resolutions duly adopted by written consent in accordance with Section 141(f) of the DGCL. The Corporation’s stockholders subsequently approved the ratification of the defective corporate act on May 16, 2019, pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by written consent in lieu of a meeting pursuant to Section 228 of the DGCL.

 

Fourth: No certificate was previously filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware with respect to the defective corporate act. A certificate containing all of the information required to be included pursuant to Section 242 of the DGCL to give effect to the defective corporate act is attached hereto as Attachment 1. The date and time that such certificate shall be deemed to have become effective pursuant to Section 204 of the DGCL shall be May 3, 2018 at 12:01 a.m. (Eastern time).

 

   

 

 

In witness whereof, the undersigned has caused this Certificate of Validation to be signed by its duly authorized officer on the date set forth below.

 

  INNOVEGA INC.
     
  By: /s/ Stephen Willev
  Name: Stephen Willey
  Title: Chief Executive Officer
     
  Date: May 23, 2019

 

   

 

 

ATTACHMENT 1

 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

 

TO AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

 

INNOVEGA INC.

 

Innovega Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), certifies that:

 

1. The name of the Corporation is Innovega Inc. The Corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on June 23, 2008.

 

2. This Certificate of Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

3. ARTICLE lV of the Amended and Restated Certificate is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“The total number of shares of stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 23,518,315, consisting of 20,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “Common Stock”), and 3,518,238 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “Preferred Stock”). The first Series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series Seed Preferred Stock” and shall consist of 3,518,238 shares.”

 

   

 

 

Exhibit 3.1

 

INNOVEGA INC.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 

This Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made as of [______], 2021 by and among Innovega Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the holders of shares of Common Stock listed on Exhibit A (individually, a “Common Holder” and collectively, the “Common Holders”), the holders of shares of Series Seed Preferred Stock listed on Exhibit B, and the holders of Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series A-2 Preferred Stock and Series A-3 Preferred Stock listed on Exhibit C (the persons and entities listed on Exhibit B and Exhibit C, individually, an “Investor” and collectively, the “Investors” and together with the Common Holders, the “Stockholders”).

 

RECITALS

 

A. The Company, the Common Holders and certain of the Investors are parties to the Stockholders’ Agreement dated as of December 29, 2016, as amended (the “Prior Stockholders’ Agreement”).

 

B. The Company desires to sell and certain of the Investors desire to purchase from the Company shares of the Company’s Series A-1 Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 (the “Series A-1 Preferred Stock”), the Company’s Series A-2 Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 (the “Series A-2 Preferred Stock”) and the Company’s Series A-3 Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 (the “Series A-3 Preferred Stock,” and together with the Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series A-2 Preferred Stock, the “Series A Preferred Stock”) in connection with the Company’s offering of securities pursuant to the Offering Circular dated __________, 2021 and its exhibits as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

 

C. The Company, the Investors and the Common Holders each desire to facilitate such sale and purchase of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, as well as the arrangements set forth in this Agreement, by agreeing to the terms and conditions set forth below.

 

AGREEMENT

 

The parties agree as follows:

 

1. Board of Directors.

 

1.1 Board Representation. At each annual meeting of the stockholders of the Company, or at any meeting of the stockholders of the Company at which members of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) are to be elected, or whenever members of the Board are to be elected by written consent, the Stockholders agree to vote all shares of the Company’s voting securities now or hereafter owned by them, whether beneficially or otherwise, or as to which they have voting power (the “Shares”) to elect:

 

(a) the two (2) Officer Designees (as defined below) as Common Directors;

 

(b) the one (1) Common Designee (as defined below) as a Common Director; and

 

(c) the one (1) Series Seed Designee (as defined below) as the Series Seed Director.

 

   

 

 

1.2 Designation of Directors. The designees to the Board described above (each a (“Designee”) shall be selected as follows:

 

(a) The “Officer Designees” shall be Stephen Willey and Jerome Legerton for so long as Stephen Willey and Jerome Legerton remain officers, employees or consultants of the Company, except that if Stephen Willey or Jerome Legerton declines or is unable to serve, their successors shall be designated by the holders of a majority of the shares of Common Stock held by all Common Holders.

 

(b) The “Common Designee” shall be chosen by the Common Holders holding at least a majority of the shares of Common Stock held by all Common Holders, and who will initially be Shane Kim.

 

(c) The “Series Seed Designee” shall be chosen by the Investors holding at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series Seed Preferred Stock subject to the approval of the other members of the Board, whose consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, and who will initially be Jeff Bradley.

 

1.3 Failure to Designate a Board Member. In the absence of any designation from the individual(s), business entity or entities, or group (“Person”) with the right to designate a director as specified above, the director previously designated by them and then serving shall be reelected if still eligible to serve as provided herein.

 

1.4 Removal of Board Members. Each Stockholder also agrees to vote, or cause to be voted, all Shares owned by such Stockholder, or over which such Stockholder has voting control, from time to time and at all times, in whatever manner as shall be necessary to ensure that:

 

(a) no director elected pursuant to Section 1.2 may be removed from office unless (i) such removal is directed or approved by the affirmative vote of the Person, or of the holders of a majority of the shares of stock, entitled under Section 1.2 to designate that director; or (ii) the Person originally entitled to designate or approve such director pursuant to Section 1.2 is no longer so entitled to designate or approve such director;

 

(b) any vacancies created by the resignation, removal or death of a director elected pursuant to Section 1.2 shall be filled pursuant to the provisions of this Section 1; and

 

(c) upon the request of any party entitled to designate a director as provided in Section 1.2(b) or Section 1.2(c) to remove such director, such director shall be removed.

 

All Stockholders agree to execute any written consents required to perform the obligations of this Agreement, and the Company agrees at the request of any party entitled to designate directors to call a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing directors.

 

1.5 Vote to Increase Authorized Common Stock. Each Stockholder hereby agrees to vote or cause to be voted all Shares owned by such Stockholder, or over which such Stockholder has voting control, from time to time and at all times, in whatever manner as shall be necessary to increase the number of authorized shares of Common Stock from time to time to ensure that there will be sufficient shares of Common Stock available for conversion of all of the shares of all classes of Preferred Stock of the Company (“Preferred Stock”) outstanding at any given time.

 

1.6 “Bad Actor” Notice. Each party to this Agreement will promptly notify the Company in writing if it or, to its knowledge, any person specified in Rule 506(d)(1) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the “Securities Act”) becomes subject to any Bad Actor Disqualification.

 

 -2- 

 

 

2. Registration Rights.

 

2.1 Future Registration Rights. In the event of an equity financing pursuant to which the Company sells securities in a transaction or series of related transactions (the “Equity Financing”) in which the investors in such Equity Financing (the “Future Equity Investors”) receive registration rights, each Investor will be entitled to receive registration rights no less favorable than the registration rights provided to the Future Equity Investors who own a comparable number of shares as such Investor. Such Investor will not unreasonably withhold its consent to enter into any registration rights agreement, if requested to do so by the Company. Provided the rights provided for in this Section shall terminate on the sooner to occur of when the shares may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1933, as amended without volume restrictions.

 

2.2 Lock-Up Agreement.

 

(a) Lock-Up Period. In connection with a best efforts or firm commitment underwritten public offering by the Company of shares of the Company’s Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”) pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act which results in gross aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of at least $5,000,000 (the “Qualified IPO”) and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing such offering of the Company’s securities, each Investor agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company, however or whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions, including restrictions on (1) the publication or other distribution of research reports, and (2) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in applicable FINRA rules, or any successor provisions or amendments thereto) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the Company’s Qualified IPO.

 

(b) Limitations. The obligations described in Section 2.2(a) will apply only if all officers and directors of the Company and all holders of one-percent (1%) or more of the Company’s securities enter into similar agreements, and will not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans, or to a registration relating solely to a transaction pursuant to Rule 145 under the Securities Act.

 

(c) Stop-Transfer Instructions. In order to enforce the foregoing covenants, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the securities of each Investor (and the securities of every other person subject to the restrictions in Section 2.2(a)).

 

(d) Transferees Bound. Except with respect to transfers pursuant to a registration statement, each Investor agrees that prior to the Qualified IPO it will not transfer securities of the Company unless each transferee agrees in writing to be bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

3. Sales by Common Holders.

 

3.1 Notice of Sales; Assignment of Company Right of First Refusal.

 

(a) Should any Common Holder (or a Permitted Transferee, as defined below) propose to accept one or more bona fide offers (collectively, a “Purchase Offer”) from any persons to purchase shares of Common Stock (the “Purchase Shares”) from such Common Holder (other than as set forth in Section 3.5), such Common Holder will promptly deliver a notice (the “Purchase Notice”) to the Company and each Investor that holds at least 60,302 shares of Series Seed Preferred Stock (each, a “Major Seed Investor”) stating the terms and conditions of such Purchase Offer including, without limitation, the number of Purchase Shares proposed to be sold or transferred, the nature of such sale or transfer, the consideration to be paid, and the name and address of each prospective purchaser or transferee.

 

 -3- 

 

 

(b) At any time within fifteen (15) days after the date of the Purchase Notice (the “Company’s ROFR Period”), the Company, or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Common Holder, elect to purchase any or all of the Purchase Shares proposed to be sold by the Common Holder on the terms and conditions set forth in the Purchase Notice. If the Company declines to exercise in full its right of first refusal, then the Company will notify each Major Seed Investor within five (5) days after the expiration of the Company’s ROFR Period. Each Major Seed Investor will then have the right, within fifteen (15) days after the date of the Company’s notice (the “Major Seed Investors’ ROFR Period”), to submit notice to the Company and the Common Holder of its irrevocable commitment to exercise its right of first refusal and purchase the Purchase Shares on a pro rata basis, based upon the number of Conversion Purchase Shares (as defined below) held by such Major Seed Investor relative to the aggregate number of Conversion Purchase Shares held by all Major Seed Investors. If all of the Major Seed Investors do not elect to exercise their right of first refusal in full, then the Company will provide notice within five (5) days after the expiration of the Major Seed Investors’ ROFR Period to all Major Seed Investors who have elected to exercise in full their right of first refusal stating that the Purchase Shares that would otherwise be allocated to the non-exercising Major Seed Investors may be allocated to each exercising Major Seed Investor on a pro-rata basis (based upon the number of Conversion Purchase Shares held by such Major Seed Investor relative to the aggregate number of Conversion Purchase Shares held by all such exercising Major Seed Investors). Each Major Seed Investor exercising its right of first refusal will purchase from the Common Holder, on the terms and conditions specified in the Purchase Notice, its portion of the Purchase Shares subject to the Purchase Offer no later than forty-five (45) days after the date of the Purchase Notice (the “ROFR Period”).

 

3.2 Co-Sale Right. If the right of first refusal is not exercised in full by the Company or the Major Seed Investors, then the Company will provide notice to each Major Seed Investor within five (5) days after the ROFR Period, and each Major Seed Investor will have the right (the “Co-Sale Right”), exercisable upon written notice to the Company within fifteen (15) business days after the date of the Company’s notice, to participate in such Common Holder’s sale of Purchase Shares pursuant to the specified terms and conditions of such Purchase Offer. If the Major Seed Investor exercises such Co-Sale Right in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth below, then the number of Purchase Shares which such Common Holder may sell pursuant to such Purchase Offer will be correspondingly reduced. The Co-Sale Right of each Major Seed Investor will be subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

(a) Calculation of Purchase Shares. Each Major Seed Investor may sell all or any part of that number of shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the shares of Series Seed Preferred Stock, or Common Stock received in connection with any stock dividend, stock split or other reclassification thereof (the “Conversion Purchase Shares”) equal to the product obtained by multiplying (i) the aggregate number of Purchase Shares by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Conversion Purchase Shares at the time owned by such Major Seed Investor and the denominator of which is the sum of (A) the total number of Conversion Purchase Shares at the time owned by all Major Seed Investors participating in such sale plus (B) the total number of Purchase Shares at the time owned by such Common Holder, including shares transferred by such Common Holder to Permitted Transferees (as defined in Section 3.5 below) in accordance with this Agreement.

 

(b) Delivery of Certificates. Each Major Seed Investor may effect its participation in the sale by delivering to the selling Common Holder for transfer to the prospective purchaser one or more certificates, properly endorsed for transfer, which represent the number of Conversion Purchase Shares which such Major Seed Investor elects to sell.

 

 -4- 

 

 

3.3 Transfer. The stock certificate or certificates which the Major Seed Investor delivers to the selling Common Holder pursuant to Section 3.2(b) will be delivered by such Common Holder to the prospective purchaser in consummation of the sale pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in the Purchase Notice, and such Common Holder will promptly thereafter remit to such Major Seed Investor that portion of the sale proceeds to which such Major Seed Investor is entitled by reason of its participation in such sale. If any prospective purchaser or purchasers prohibits such assignment or otherwise refuses to purchase Conversion Purchase Shares from a Major Seed Investor exercising its Co-Sale Right hereunder, then the selling Common Holder or Common Holders will not sell to such prospective purchaser or purchasers any Purchase Shares unless and until, simultaneously with such sale, the selling Common Holder or Common Holders will purchase such Conversion Purchase Shares from such Major Seed Investor for the same consideration and on the same terms and conditions as the proposed transfer described in the Purchase Notice (which terms and conditions will be no less favorable than those governing the sale to the purchaser by the Common Holder or Common Holders).

 

3.4 No Adverse Effect. The exercise or non-exercise of the rights of the Major Seed Investors hereunder to participate in one or more sales of Purchase Shares made by a Common Holder will not adversely affect their rights to participate in subsequent sales of Purchase Shares by a Common Holder.

 

3.5 Permitted Transactions. The provisions of Section 3 of this Agreement will not pertain or apply to (a) any repurchase of Common Stock by the Company, or (b) any transfer by a Common Holder of shares of Common Stock held by such Common Holder made for bona fide estate planning purposes, either during his or her lifetime or on death or by will or intestacy to his or her spouse, child (natural or adopted), or any other direct lineal descendant of such Common Holder (or his or her spouse) (all of the foregoing collectively referred to as “family members”), or any other relative or person approved by the Board (such relative or person, an “Approved Person”), or any custodian or trustee of any trust, partnership or limited liability company for the benefit of, or the ownership interest of which are wholly owned by, such Common Holder and/or any such family members or Approved Person (such trust, partnership or limited liability company, a “Common Holder Trust”), (c) in the event that a Common Holder (the “Transferring Common Holder”) had previously transferred any Common Stock to a Common Holder Trust in accordance with this Section 3.5 upon a transfer by such Common Holder Trust of any shares of such Common Stock back to the Transferring Common Holder, (d) upon a transfer of Common Stock by such Common Holder made to such Common Holder’s former spouse in connection with a divorce or other marital dissolution or (e) in the event of a transfer by a Common Holder to an employee, advisor, or other service provider to the Company as compensation for services provided to the Company (each of the foregoing a “Permitted Transferee”), so long as (i) such transfers are reported to the Board, (ii) the Permitted Transferee executes a counterpart to this Agreement and (iii) the Permitted Transferee the agrees to be bound by the terms hereof as a Common Holder.

 

3.6 Assignment of Rights. The rights of the Major Seed Investors set forth in this Section 3 may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) only to (i) another Major Seed Investor, (ii) a transferee that is a constituent partner or member of such Major Seed Investor or an entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Major Seed Investor, or (iii) an assignee of at least fifty percent (50%) of an Major Seed Investor’s Conversion Purchase Shares so long as, in each case, (a) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such rights are being assigned, and (b) such transferee agrees in writing to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement, and (c) such transferee is not an actual or potential competitor of the Company, as determined in good faith by the Board.

 

3.7 Prohibited Transfers. Any attempt by a Common Holder to transfer Purchase Shares in violation of Section 3 of this Agreement will be void, and the Company agrees it will not effect such a transfer nor will it treat any alleged transferee as the holder of such shares without the written consent of the holders of a majority of the Conversion Purchase Shares.

 

 -5- 

 

 

3.8 Conflict with other Rights of First Refusal. Each Common Holder has entered into a Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement with the Company, which agreement contains a right of first refusal provision in favor of the Company. For so long as this Agreement remains in existence, the right of first refusal provisions contained in this Agreement will supersede the right of first refusal provisions contained in the Common Holder’s Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement. For purposes of clarity, the other provisions of the Common Holder’s Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement will remain in full force and effect. If, however, this Agreement terminates, then the right of first refusal provisions contained in the Common Holder’s Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement will be in full force and effect in accordance with their terms.

 

4. Sales by the Company.

 

4.1 Other than in connection with a best efforts or firm commitment underwritten public offering or an offering pursuant to Regulation A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended the Company hereby grants to (1) each Major Seed Investor, and (2) each Investor that holds shares of Series A Preferred Stock representing an aggregate Original Issue Price (as defined in the Company’s then-current certificate of incorporation) of at least $100,000 (each, a “Major Series A Investor”) (the Major Seed Investors together with the Major Series A Investors, the “Major Preferred Investors”), that qualifies as an “accredited investor” under Regulation D of the Securities Act, the right of first offer to purchase its pro rata share of New Securities (as defined in this Section 4) which the Company may, from time to time, propose to sell and issue after the date of this Agreement. A Major Preferred Investor’s pro rata share, for purposes of this right of first offer, is equal to the ratio of (a) the number of shares of Common Stock owned by such Major Preferred Investor immediately prior to the issuance of New Securities (including all shares of Common Stock then issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, and any other outstanding convertible securities, rights, options and warrants) to (b) the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the issuance of New Securities (assuming full conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock and full conversion or exercise of any other outstanding convertible securities, rights, options and warrants). The right of first offer shall be subject to the following provisions:

 

(a) “New Securities” shall mean any capital stock (including Common Stock and/or Preferred Stock) of the Company whether now authorized or not, and rights, convertible securities, options or warrants to purchase such capital stock, and securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, exercisable or convertible into capital stock; provided that the term “New Securities” does not include securities excluded from the definition of “Additional Shares of Common” in the Company’s then-current certificate of incorporation or the shares of Series A Preferred Stock (or Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof).

 

(b) If the Company proposes to undertake an issuance of New Securities, it will give each Major Preferred Investor written notice of its intention, describing the type of New Securities, and their price and the general terms upon which the Company proposes to issue the same (the “Offer Notice”). Each Major Preferred Investor will have ten (10) days after any such notice is mailed or delivered to agree to purchase such Major Preferred Investor’s pro rata share of such New Securities and to indicate whether such Major Preferred Investor desires to exercise its over allotment option for the price and upon the terms specified in the Offer Notice by giving written notice to the Company, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit D, and stating therein the quantity of New Securities to be purchased. Nothing in this subsection shall limit the Company from issuing and selling New Securities to other investors prior to the expiration of the ten (10) day notice period provided that the Company has reserved (and not sold) a sufficient number of the New Securities to fully comply with the rights of first offer of the Major Preferred Investors under this Section 4.

 

 -6- 

 

 

(c) If the Major Preferred Investors fail to exercise fully the right of first offer and over allotment rights, if any, within a ten (10) day period (the “Election Period”), the Company will have ninety (90) days thereafter to sell or enter into an agreement to sell that portion of the New Securities with respect to which the Major Preferred Investors’ right of first offer option set forth in this Section 4 was not exercised, at a price and upon terms no more favorable to the purchasers thereof than specified in the Offer Notice. If the Company has not sold within such 90-day period following the Election Period, or such 90-day period following the date of such agreement, the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any New Securities, without first again offering such securities to the Major Preferred Investors in the manner provided in this Section 4.

 

5. Covenants.

 

5.1 Basic Financial Information. For any period for which the Company is not otherwise required to file financial statement information with the SEC, the Company will furnish the following reports to each Major Preferred Investor:

 

(a) As soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within one hundred eighty (180) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, the Company will furnish to each Major Preferred Investor an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as at the end of such fiscal year, unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for such year, and an unaudited statement of shareholders equity as of the end of such year, all prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) consistently applied, certified by independent public accountants approved by the Board; and

 

(b) As soon as practicable after the end of each six (6) month period in each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within forty five (45) days after the end of each six (6) month period in each fiscal year of the Company, the Company will furnish to each Major Preferred Investor an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as of the end of each such six (6) month period and unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for such period, each prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to changes resulting from normal year-end audit adjustments.

 

5.2 Confidentiality. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, no Investor by reason of this Agreement shall have access to any trade secrets or classified information of the Company. The Company shall not be required to comply with any information rights of Section 3 in respect of any Investor whom the Company reasonably determines to be a competitor or an officer, employee, director or holder of more than ten percent (10%) of a competitor. Each Investor acknowledges that the information received by them pursuant to this Agreement may be confidential and for its use only, and it will not use such confidential information in violation of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar successor federal statute and the rules and regulations thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time or reproduce, disclose or disseminate such information to any other person (other than its employees or agents having a need to know the contents of such information, and its attorneys), except in connection with the exercise of rights under this Agreement, unless the Company has made such information available to the public generally or such Investor is required to disclose such information by a governmental authority.

 

5.3 Termination of Covenants. The covenants set forth in this Section 5 shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon the closing of the Company’s initial public offering

 

 -7- 

 

 

6. Legends. Each certificate representing shares of the Company’s capital stock held by the Common Holders or Investors or any assignee of the Common Holders or Investors will bear the following legend:

 

“THE SHARES EVIDENCED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO A STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT BY AND AMONG THE COMPANY AND CERTAIN STOCKHOLDERS OF THE COMPANY (A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE COMPANY), AND BY ACCEPTING ANY INTEREST IN SUCH SHARES THE PERSON ACCEPTING SUCH INTEREST WILL BE DEEMED TO AGREE TO AND WILL BECOME BOUND BY ALL THE PROVISIONS OF SAID STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT.”

 

7. Termination.

 

7.1 Termination Events. This Agreement will terminate upon the earlier of:

 

(a) a Qualified IPO; or

 

(b) The consummation of a transaction or series of related transactions deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company pursuant to the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as may be amended.

 

7.2 Removal of Legend. At any time after the termination of this Agreement in accordance with Section 7.1, any holder of a stock certificate legended pursuant to Section 6 may surrender such certificate to the Company for removal of the legend, and the Company will duly reissue a new certificate without such legend.

 

8. Voting Procedures. Each Stockholder, which is not a Major Preferred Investor, shall have seven (7) calendar days from receipt of notice from the Proxyholder (as defined below) in accordance with this Agreement (the “Voting Notice Period”) with respect to any action subject to approval of the holders of any class or series of capital stock over which voting power is controlled, as of this or any future date, by such Stockholder (the “Voting Shares”), to Vote such Stockholder’s Voting Shares. If any such Stockholder fails to Vote such Voting Shares within the Voting Notice Period, such failure will serve as authorization for the Proxyholder to Vote such Voting Shares in the same proportions as the number of shares of capital stock of the same class and, as applicable, series as the Voting Shares (the “Voting Class”) that were Voted as of the end of the Voting Notice Period bear to the number of outstanding shares of such Voting Class; provided, however, that if less than 33% of the outstanding shares of a Voting Class have been Voted by the end of the Voting Notice Period, the Voting Notice Period applicable to such Voting Class will be extended until at least 33% of the shares of such Voting Class have been Voted on such action, and if, after the Voting Notice Period has been extended up to a maximum of fourteen (14) calendar days, less than 33% of the Voting Class have Voted on such action, the Proxyholder shall be authorized to Vote on such action on behalf of such Voting Shares that failed to Vote, in the Proxyholder’s discretion.

 

 -8- 

 

 

9. Irrevocable Proxy and Power of Attorney. Each Stockholder hereby constitutes and appoints as the proxy of the Stockholder and hereby grants a power of attorney to the Chief Executive Officer, from time to time, of the Company (the “Proxyholder”), with full power of substitution and resubstitution, to represent and vote all Voting Shares held by such Stockholder at any regular or special meeting of stockholders and to act on every action or approval by written consent (to so represent, vote, or act by written consent, to “Vote”), and to receive or waive notice to which such Stockholder may be entitled, including, without limitation, regarding the size and composition of the Board pursuant to Section 1, an increase authorized shares pursuant to Section 1, and all matters as the Proxyholder deems advisable and consistent with terms of this Agreement, all without notice to the undersigned, in accordance with this Agreement; provided, that the Proxyholder shall only Vote pursuant to such proxy and power of attorney if such Stockholder (i) is not a Major Preferred Investor and fails to Vote within the Voting Notice Period, or (ii) attempts to Vote, such Voting Shares in a manner which is inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement, in which case of the foregoing (i) or (ii) the Proxyholder shall Vote such Voting Shares in accordance with this Agreement. Each of the proxy and power of attorney granted pursuant to this Section 9 is given in consideration of the agreements and covenants of the Company and the parties in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and, as such, each is coupled with an interest (including without limitation in light of the fact that the Proxyholder is an officer of the Company), shall survive any sale or transfer of the Voting Shares, including by law or intestate and shall be irrevocable unless and until this Agreement terminates or expires pursuant to Section 7 hereof. Each party hereto hereby revokes any and all previous proxies or powers of attorney with respect to its Voting Shares and shall not hereafter, unless and until this Agreement terminates or expires pursuant to Section 7 hereof, purport to grant any other proxy or power of attorney with respect to any of its Voting Shares, deposit any of its Voting Shares into a voting trust or enter into any agreement (other than this Agreement), arrangement or understanding with any person, directly or indirectly, to vote, consent, grant any proxy or give instructions with respect to the voting of any of its Voting Shares, in each case, with respect to any of the matters set forth herein.

 

10. Miscellaneous.

 

10.1 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes the Prior Stockholders’ Agreement in its entirety, which shall have no future force and effect. Any and all other written or oral agreements relating to the subject matter hereof existing between the parties hereto are expressly canceled.

 

10.2 Successors and Assigns. The terms and conditions of this Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

 

10.3 Amendments and Waivers. Any term hereof may be amended or waived only with the written consent of the Company, the holders of a majority of the capital stock held by the Common Holders, voting together as a separate class, and the Investors holding a majority of the shares of Series Seed Preferred Stock held by all Investors, voting together as a separate class on an as-converted basis, provided that (a) this Agreement may be amended with only the written consent of the Company for the sole purpose of including future additional holders of Common Stock as “Common Holders”; (b) any amendment or waiver that operates in a manner that treats any Investor or Common Holder differently than other Investors or Common Holders, as the case may be, the consent of such Investor or Common Holder shall also be required for such amendment or waiver; (c) notwithstanding the foregoing, the terms contained in Section 3 hereof may be amended or waived with the written consent of the Company and the Major Seed Investors holding a majority of the shares of Series Seed Preferred Stock held by all Major Seed Investors, voting together as a separate class; and (d) notwithstanding the foregoing, the terms contained in Section 4 and Section 5 hereof may be amended or waived with the written consent of the Company and the Major Preferred Investors holding a majority of the shares of Preferred Stock held by all Major Preferred Investors, voting together as a separate class. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section [10].3 will be binding upon the Company, any Investor and any Common Holder, and each of their respective successors and assigns.

 

 -9- 

 

 

10.4 Notices. Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed sufficient: (i) on the date of delivery, when delivered personally, by electronic mail, by other electronic transmission or by overnight courier in the U.S. or sent by facsimile, (ii) 48 hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address or facsimile number as set forth on the signature page or on Exhibit A, Exhibit B or Exhibit C hereto, or as subsequently modified by written notice, or (iii) if mailed outside of the U.S., ten (10) days after being deposited in regular mail and three (3) days after being deposited with an overnight courier, and addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address as set forth on the signature page or on Exhibit A, Exhibit B or Exhibit C hereto.

 

10.5 Severability. If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (a) such provision will be excluded from this Agreement, (b) the balance of the Agreement will be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded, and (c) the balance of the Agreement will be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

10.6 Governing Law; venue. This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto will be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

 

EACH OF THE STOCKHOLDERS AND THE COMPANY CONSENTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION LOCATED WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND NO OTHER PLACE AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT ALL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE LITIGATED IN SUCH COURTS. EACH OF THE STOCKHOLDERS AND THE COMPANY ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND HIMSELF AND IN CONNECTION WITH ITS AND HIS RESPECTIVE PROPERTIES, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS AND WAIVES ANY DEFENSE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES TO BE BOUND BY ANY JUDGMENT RENDERED THEREBY IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT. THE STOCKHOLDERS AND THE COMPANY FURTHER IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF PROCESS OUT OF ANY OF THE AFOREMENTIONED COURTS IN THE MANNER AND IN THE ADDRESS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 10.4 OF THIS AGREEMENT. HOWEVER, NOTHING IN THIS PARAGRAPH SHALL BE CONSTRUED TO BE APPLICABLE TO ANY ACTION ARISING UNDER THE FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS.

 

EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE ACTIONS OF EITHER PARTY IN THE NEGOTIATION, ADMINISTRATION, PERFORMANCE AND ENFORCEMENT THEREOF, EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO ALSO WAIVES ANY BOND OR SURETY OR SECURITY UPON SUCH BOND WHICH MIGHT, BUT FOR THIS WAIVER, BE REQUIRED OF SUCH PARTY. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO FURTHER WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT IT HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT IT KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED EITHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING, AND THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT. BY AGREEING TO THIS PROVISION, EACH STOCKHOLDER WILL NOT BE DEEMED TO HAVE WAIVED THE COMPANY’S COMPLIANCE WITH U.S. FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS AND THE RULES AND REGULATIONS PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.

 

10.7 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original and all of which together will constitute one instrument.

 

10.8 Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

 

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

 -10- 

 

 

The parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

  COMPANY:
   
  INNOVEGA INC.
     
  By:  
    Stephen Willey
    President and Chief Executive Officer

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement]

 

   

 

 

The parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

  COMMON HOLDERS:
   
   
  Stephen Willey
   
   
  Jerry Legerton
   
   
  Jerome A. Legerton Trust Ltd. February 3, 2011
   
   
  BH Financial, LLC

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement]

 

   

 

 

The parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

  INVESTORS:
   
                           IF INVESTOR IS AN INDIVIDUAL:
   
 
  (Signature)
   
  (Print Name)
   
  Address:
   
   
   
  Facsimile:  

 

  IF INVESTOR IS AN ENTITY:
   
 
  (Print Name of Entity)
   
  By:  
    (Signature)

 

   
  (Print Name and Title)
   
  Address:
   
   
   
   
   
  Facsimile:  

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement]

 

   

 

 

The parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

  INVESTORS:
   
  THL Z LIMITED,
  a British Virgin Islands company
     
  By:                                     
  Name:  
  Title:  
   
 

Address:

 

c/o Tencent Holdings Limited

Level 29, Three Pacific Place

1 Queen’s Road East

Wanchai, Hong Kong

Attention: Compliance and Transactions Department

Email: exploreinvestments@tencent.com, legalnotice@tencent.com

 

with a copy to:

 

Tencent Building, Keji Zhongyi Avenue,

Hi-tech Park, Nanshan District,

Shenzhen, P.R.China 518057

Attention: Mergers and Acquisitions Department

Email: PD_Support@tencent.com

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement]

 

   

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

COMMON HOLDERS

 

Name, Address  No. of Shares 

Stephen Willey

12304 232nd Way NE

Redmond, WA 98053

   5,566,393 
      
Jerry Legerton
173 Beacon Lane
Jupiter Inlet Colony, FL 33469
   2,239,448 
      
Jerome A. Legerton Trust dtd. February 3, 2011
173 Beacon Lane
Jupiter, FL 33469
   543,750 
      
BH Financial, LLC
P.O. Box 680048
Park City, UT 84068
Attn: Robert Brady
   543,750 

 

   

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

 
 

 

EXHIBIT C

 

SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK INVESTORS

 

   

 

 

EXHIBIT D

 

NOTICE AND WAIVER/ELECTION OF
RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER

 

I do hereby waive or exercise, as indicated below, my rights of first offer under the Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement dated as of [___________], 2021 (the “Agreement”):

 

1. Waiver of 10 days’ notice period in which to exercise right of first offer: (please check only one)

 

[  ] WAIVE in full, on behalf of all Holders, the 10-day notice period provided to exercise my right of first offer granted under the Agreement.

 

[  ] DO NOT WAIVE the notice period described above.

 

2. Issuance and Sale of New Securities: (please check only one)

 

[  ] WAIVE in full the right of first offer granted under the Agreement with respect to the issuance of the New Securities.

 

[  ] ELECT TO PARTICIPATE in $__________ (please provide amount) in New Securities proposed to be issued by Innovega Inc., a Delaware corporation, representing LESS than my pro rata portion of the aggregate of $[_______] in New Securities being offered in the financing.

 

[  ] ELECT TO PARTICIPATE in $__________ in New Securities proposed to be issued by Innovega Inc., a Delaware corporation, representing my FULL pro rata portion of the aggregate of $[_______] in New Securities being offered in the financing.

 

[  ] ELECT TO PARTICIPATE in my full pro rata portion of the aggregate of $[_______] in New Securities being made available in the financing AND, to the extent available, the greater of (x) an additional $__________ (please provide amount) or (y) my pro rata portion of any remaining investment amount available if other Major Preferred Investors do not exercise their full rights of first offer with respect to the $[_______] in New Securities being offered in the financing.

 

Date:      
      (Print investor name)
       
       
      (Signature)
       
       
      (Print name of signatory, if signing for an entity)
       
       
      (Print title of signatory, if signing for an entity)

 

This is neither a commitment to purchase nor a commitment to issue the New Securities described above. Such issuance can only be made by way of definitive documentation related to such issuance. The company will supply you with such definitive documentation upon request or if you indicate that you would like to exercise your first offer rights in whole or in part.

 

   

 

 

Exhibit 3.2

 

INNOVEGA INC.

 

AMENDMENT TO 2019 CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTES

 

This Amendment to 2019 Convertible Promissory Notes (this “Amendment”) is dated as of [_____] and is by and among Innovega Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Company”), and the investors (“Investors”) listed on the signature pages hereto, which represent a Majority in Interest (as defined in the Notes).

 

WHEREAS, Company has sold and issued Convertible Promissory Notes (the “Notes”) to the Investors prior to the date hereof pursuant to a Note Purchase Agreement by and among Company and the investors set forth on Schedule I thereto, dated as of January 22, 2019, as amended (the “Purchase Agreement”).

 

WHEREAS, Company and Investors desire to amend the Notes set forth on Exhibit A, which represent an aggregate principal amount of $2,480,592.45 as set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. Amendment to Maturity Date. The definition of “Maturity Date” in the first paragraph of all Notes is hereby amended and restated to be the date that is the later of (i) the second anniversary of the date of each such Note and (ii) June 30, 2021.

 

2. Amendment to Section 4(a). The current Section 4(a) of all Notes is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with:

 

“4. Conversion.

 

(a) Automatic Conversion prior to Maturity Date. In the event the Company consummates, prior to the Maturity Date, an equity financing pursuant to which it issues and sells shares of preferred stock of the Company (the “New Preferred Stock”) with an aggregate sale price of not less than $750,000 (excluding the aggregate amount of the Notes that are converted into shares of the New Preferred Stock), and with the principal purpose of raising capital (a “Qualified Equity Financing”), then the outstanding principal amount of and all accrued interest on this Note shall automatically convert into fully paid and nonassessable shares of New Preferred Stock (rounded down to the nearest whole share) at the Conversion Price. The “Conversion Price” shall mean the price per share equal to the lesser of (i) eighty percent (80%) of the price per share paid by purchasers of the New Preferred Stock sold in the Qualified Equity Financing not upon the conversion of the Notes or other convertible securities and (ii) the price per share obtained by dividing (A) $32,000,000 by (B) the number of fully diluted shares of common stock of the Company immediately prior to the closing of the Qualified Equity Financing (assuming conversion of all securities convertible into common stock and exercise of all outstanding options and warrants to purchase common stock and including all options reserved for issuance but not yet granted, but excluding the conversion of debt securities (including but not limited to this Note) in connection with such Qualified Equity Financing event (the “Fully Diluted Shares”). The shares of New Preferred Stock issued pursuant to this Section 4(a) shall have, in all respects, identical rights, privileges, preferences and restrictions as the shares of the other series of New Preferred Stock issued in such Qualified Equity Financing, other than with respect to: (i) the per share liquidation preference and the conversion price for purposes of price-based anti-dilution protection, which will equal the Conversion Price; and (ii) the basis for any dividend rights, which will be based on the Conversion Price.”

 

2. Miscellaneous. This Amendment, the Purchase Agreement and the Notes, as modified hereby, constitute the entire understanding and agreement between the parties hereto with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof, and supersede any prior or contemporaneous written or oral agreements or understandings. This Amendment shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Washington, excluding that body of law relating to conflict of laws. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

(Signature Pages Follow)

 

- 1 -
 

 

The parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the date first set forth above.

 

  COMPANY:
     
  INNOVEGA INC.
  a Delaware corporation
     
  By:              
  Name:   
  Title:  

 

   

 

 

The parties hereto have entered into this Amendment as of the date and year first written above.

 

  INVESTOR:
   
  [INVESTOR]
   
  By:
   
   
   
  Signature
   
   
  Print name of signatory (if signing for an entity)
   
   
  Print title (if signing for an entity)
   
   
  Principal Amount of Note

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 3.3

 

NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

This Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2019 (this “Agreement”), is entered into by and among Innovega Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), each person or entity listed on the schedule of investors attached as Schedule I hereto (each, an “Investor” and collectively, the “Investors”), as such Schedule I may be amended in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the representations, warranties and conditions set forth below, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

 

1. The Notes.

 

(a) Issuance of Notes. Subject to all of the terms and conditions hereof, the Company hereby agrees to issue and sell to each Investor, and each Investor hereby purchases, a convertible promissory note executed and delivered to such Investor by the Company of even date herewith in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Note”) in the principal amount set forth opposite each Investor’s name on Schedule I (the “Purchase Price”). The aggregate principal amount for all Notes issued hereunder shall not exceed $5,000,000.00. Section 4(a) of all Notes issued pursuant to this Agreement shall be the same and no other section of such Note shall vary such terms.

 

(b) Delivery. The initial sale and purchase of Notes shall take place at a closing (the “Initial Closing”) to be held at such place and time as the Company and the Investors participating in such Closing may determine (the “Initial Closing Date”). At the Closing, the Company will deliver to each of the Investors the Note to be purchased by such Investor, against receipt by the Company of the corresponding Purchase Price set forth on Schedule I. The Company may conduct one or more additional closings occurring within 180 days of the Initial Closing (each, an “Additional Closing” and along with the Initial Closing, a “Closing” hereunder) to be held at such place and time as the Company and the Investors participating in such Additional Closing may determine, without the consent of Investors participating in the Initial Closing (each, an “Additional Closing Date” and along with the Initial Closing Date, a “Closing Date” hereunder). At each Additional Closing, the Company will deliver to each of the Investors participating in such Additional Closing the Note to be purchased by such Investor, against receipt by the Company of the corresponding Purchase Price from such Investor. Each of the Notes will be registered in such Investor’s name in the Company’s records.

 

(c) Definitions. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Note.

 

 

 

 

2. Representations and Warranties of the Company. Except as set forth in the disclosure schedule attached hereto as Schedule II delivered to each Investor participating in the Initial Closing or any update thereto delivered to the Investors participating in an Additional Closing (the “Disclosure Schedule”), the Company represents and warrants to each Investor purchasing a Note, as of the date of such Closing, as follows:

 

(a) Due Incorporation, Qualification, etc. The Company: (i) is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its state of incorporation; (ii) has the power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and carry on its business as now conducted; and (iii) is duly qualified, licensed to do business and in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction where the failure to be so qualified or licensed could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the Company.

 

(b) Authority. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the Note and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (i) are within the power of the Company and (ii) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company.

 

(c) Enforceability. Each of this Agreement and the Note has been, or will be, duly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes, or will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity.

 

(d) Non-Contravention. The Company is not in violation of, and will not be, by virtue of entering into and performing its obligations pursuant to the Transaction Documents, in violation of any material term of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws (together, the “Charter Documents”), or in any material respect of any provision of any material mortgage, indebtedness, indenture, contract, agreement, instrument, judgment or decree, and to its knowledge the Company is not in violation of any order, statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Company where such violation would materially and adversely affect the Company.

 

(e) Approvals. No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with, any governmental authority is required in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Note by the Company and the performance and consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, except qualification or registration (or taking such action as may be necessary to secure an exemption from qualification or registration) of the offer and sale of the Note pursuant to applicable federal and state securities laws and Blue Sky laws.

 

(f) No other Debt. Except as set forth in Section 2(g) of the Disclosure Schedule, if any, delivered at a Closing and items of indebtedness not exceeding $2,000 individually or $10,000 in the aggregate, the Company has no other outstanding indebtedness for borrowed money other than pursuant to this Agreement.

 

-2-

 

 

3. Representations and Warranties of Investor. Each Investor purchasing a Note at a Closing represents and warrants to the Company, as of the applicable Closing Date, as follows:

 

(a) Binding Obligation. Investor has full legal capacity, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Note and to perform its obligations pursuant to this Agreement and the Note. This Agreement and the Note are valid and binding obligations of Investor, enforceable in accordance with their terms, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity.

 

(b) Securities Law Compliance.

 

(i) Investor has been advised that the Note and the securities issuable upon conversion thereof have not been registered under the Securities Act, or any state securities laws and, therefore, cannot be resold unless they are registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or unless an exemption from such registration requirements is available. Investor is aware that the Company is under no obligation to affect any such registration with respect to the Note or the underlying securities or to file for or comply with any exemption from registration.

 

(ii) Investor has not been formed solely for the purpose of making this investment and is purchasing the Note and the securities issuable upon conversion thereof for its own account for investment, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof.

 

(iii) Investor is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act.

 

(iv) Investor has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that Investor is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of such investment, is able to incur a complete loss of such investment and is able to bear the economic risk of such investment for an indefinite period of time. Investor recognizes that the investment in the Note involves a high degree of risk. Investor understands and acknowledges that there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to meet its projected goals and that the Company will need significant additional capital to be successful, which capital may not be available readily.

 

(v) For purposes of the application of state securities laws, Investor represents that his, her or its domicile is set forth opposite such Investor’s name on Schedule I hereto.

 

4. Miscellaneous.

 

(a) Waivers and Amendments. Any provision of this Agreement may be amended, waived or modified only upon the written consent of the Company and a Majority in Interest of Investors; provided however, that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall: (i) reduce the principal amount of any Note without the affected Investor’s written consent, or (ii) reduce the rate of interest of any Note without the affected Investor’s written consent; Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon all of the parties hereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended to add a party as an Investor hereunder in connection with Additional Closings without the consent of any other Investor, by delivery to the Company of a counterparty signature page to this Agreement, together with a supplement to Schedule I hereto. Such amendment shall take effect at the Additional Closing and such party shall thereafter be deemed an “Investor” for all purposes hereunder and Schedule I hereto shall be updated to reflect the addition of such Investor.

 

-3-

 

 

(b) Governing Law. This Agreement and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the state of Washington, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the state of Washington or of any other state.

 

(c) Successors and Assigns. The rights and obligations of the Company and the Investors shall be binding upon and benefit the successors, assigns, heirs, administrators and transferees of the parties.

 

(d) Assignment by the Company. The rights, interests or obligations hereunder may not be assigned, by operation of law or otherwise, in whole or in part, by the Company without the prior written consent of a Majority in Interest of Investors.

 

(e) Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Notes constitute and contain the entire agreement among the Company and the Investors and supersede any and all prior agreements, negotiations, correspondence, understandings and communications among the parties, whether written or oral, respecting the subject matter hereof.

 

(f) Notices. All notices, requests, demands, consents, instructions or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall in writing and faxed, mailed or delivered to each party as follows:

 

(i) if to an Investor, at the address set forth opposite the Investor’s name on Schedule I hereto or at such other address as such Investor shall have furnished to the Company in writing.

 

(ii) if to the Company, at:

 

Innovega Inc.

11900 NE 1st St., Ste. 300

Bellevue, WA 98005 Attention: Stephen Willey

 

or at such other address or facsimile number as a party hereto shall have furnished to the Investors in writing.

 

(iii) All such notices and communications will be deemed effectively received upon the earlier of (1) when actually received, (2) when delivered personally, (3) three business days after being delivered by facsimile (with receipt of appropriate confirmation) or (4) three business days after being deposited with an overnight courier service of recognized standing.

 

-4-

 

 

(g) Severability of this Agreement. If any provision of this Agreement shall be judicially determined to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

(h) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same agreement. Facsimile copies of signed signature pages will be deemed binding originals.

 

(i) Enforceability of Oral Agreements. ORAL AGREEMENTS OR ORAL COMMITMENTS TO LOAN MONEY, EXTEND CREDIT, OR TO FORBEAR FROM ENFORCING REPAYMENT OF A DEBT ARE NOT ENFORCEABLE UNDER WASHINGTON LAW.

 

(j) Covenant with Respect to Improved Loan Terms. If, prior to the Maturity Date or conversion of this Note, the Company proposes to sell and issue to one or more investors debt securities in the aggregate principal amount of at least $500,000 which by their terms are convertible into equity or equity linked securities of the Company (“Convertible Debt Securities”) and with an interest rate in excess of 8.0% per annum (the “Improved Interest Rate”) and/or terms of conversion into equity or equity linked series of the Company that are more favorable than the terms set forth in the Notes issued pursuant to this Agreement (the “Improved Conversion Terms”), then the Company shall either (i) obtain the prior written approval of a Majority in Interest of the Investors for such issuance of Convertible Debt Securities or (ii) take whatever steps the Company deems necessary to provide each Investor who purchased one or more Notes hereunder having an aggregate principal amount of at least $500,000 with the benefits of the Improved Interest Rate and/or the Improved Conversion Terms.

 

(Signature Page Follows)

 

-5-

 

 

The parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the date and year first written above.

 

  COMPANY:
   
  INNOVEGA INC.,
  a Delaware corporation
     
  By:  
  Name: Stephen Willey
  Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

 

[Signature Page to Note Purchase Agreement]

 

 

 

 

The parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the date and year first written above.

 

  INVESTOR:
   
  NAME OF COMPANY OR PRINCIPAL
     
  By:              
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

[Signature Page to Note Purchase Agreement]

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE I

 

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS

 

Initial Closing

 

January 22, 2019

 

  Name and Address   Note Amount  

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE II

 

DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE

 

This Disclosure Schedule is made and given pursuant to Section 2 of the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2018 (the “Agreement”) by and among Innovega Inc. (the “Company”) and the Investors solely in connection with the Initial Closing. This Disclosure Schedule shall be interpreted and applied as part of the Agreement solely in connection with the Initial Closing and shall not be deemed to modify the representations and warranties of the Company made in any other Closing. All capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings as defined in the Agreement, unless otherwise provided. The section numbers below correspond to the section numbers of the representations and warranties in the Agreement; provided, however, that any information disclosed herein under any section number shall be deemed to be disclosed and incorporated into any other section number under the Agreement where such disclosure would be appropriate.

 

Nothing in this Disclosure Schedule is intended to broaden the scope of any representation or warranty contained in the Agreement or to create any covenant. Inclusion of any item in this Disclosure Schedule (1) does not represent a determination that such item is material or establish a standard of materiality, (2) does not represent a determination that such item did not arise in the ordinary course of business, (3) does not represent a determination that the transactions contemplated by the Agreement require the consent of third parties, and (4) shall not constitute, or be deemed to be, an admission to any third party concerning such item.

 

2(g).* TO BE REVISED ON DATE OF EACH INVESTMENT

 

Note to BH Financial, LLC, dated December 1, 2018, in the original principal amount of $100,000, plus accrued interest.

 

Deferred compensation to the Company’s management: Current obligation in the aggregate amount of $434,408; Long-term obligation in the aggregate amount of $772,907 - as of November 30, 2018.

 

Accrued compensation time hours having a value of $259,341 as of November 30, 2018 that members of the Company’s staff (i.e., employees other than executive officers) may take off at a future date as paid time off.

 

Accrued vacation having a value of $30,551 as of November 30, 2018. 401(k) Plan contributions in the amount of $8,699 as of November 30, 2018.

 

*Items of indebtedness are subject to adjustment following completion of audit.

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

 

Form of Convertible Promissory Note

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 3.4

 

THIS INSTRUMENT AND ANY SECURITIES ISSUABLE PURSUANT HERETO HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED IN THIS SAFE AND UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM.

 

INNOVEGA INC.

 

SAFE

(Simple Agreement for Future Equity)

 

THIS CERTIFIES THAT in exchange for the payment by INVESTOR (the “Investor”) of $AMOUNT (the “Purchase Amount”) on or about , 2020, Innovega Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), issues to the Investor the right to certain shares of the Company’s Capital Stock, subject to the terms described below.

 

This Safe is one of the forms available at http://ycombinator.com/documents and the Company and the Investor agree that neither one has modified the form, except to fill in blanks and bracketed terms.

 

See Section 2 for certain additional defined terms.

 

1. Events

 

(a) Equity Financing. If there is an Equity Financing before the termination of this Safe, on the initial closing of such Equity Financing, this Safe will automatically convert into the number of shares of Standard Preferred Stock equal to the Purchase Amount divided by the Safe Price.

 

In connection with the automatic conversion of this Safe into shares of Standard Preferred Stock, the Investor will execute and deliver to the Company all of the transaction documents related to the Equity Financing; provided, that such documents are the same documents to be entered into with the purchasers of Standard Preferred Stock, and provided further, that such documents have customary exceptions to any drag-along applicable to the Investor, including, without limitation, limited representations and warranties and limited liability and indemnification obligations on the part of the Investor.

 

(b) Liquidity Event. If there is a Liquidity Event before the termination of this Safe, this Safe will automatically be entitled to receive a portion of Proceeds, due and payable to the Investor immediately prior to, or concurrent with, the consummation of such Liquidity Event, equal to the greater of (i) the Purchase Amount (the “Cash-Out Amount”) or (ii) the amount payable on the number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Purchase Amount divided by the Liquidity Price (the “Conversion Amount”). If any of the Company’s securityholders are given a choice as to the form and amount of Proceeds to be received in a Liquidity Event, the Investor will be given the same choice, provided that the Investor may not choose to receive a form of consideration that the Investor would be ineligible to receive as a result of the Investor’s failure to satisfy any requirement or limitation generally applicable to the Company’s securityholders, or under any applicable laws.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with a Change of Control intended to qualify as a tax-free reorganization, the Company may reduce the cash portion of Proceeds payable to the Investor by the amount determined by its board of directors in good faith for such Change of Control to qualify as a tax-free reorganization for U.S. federal income tax purposes, provided that such reduction (A) does not reduce the total Proceeds payable to such Investor and (B) is applied in the same manner and on a pro rata basis to all securityholders who have equal priority to the Investor under Section 1(d).

 

(c) Dissolution Event. If there is a Dissolution Event before the termination of this Safe, the Investor will automatically be entitled to receive a portion of Proceeds equal to the Cash-Out Amount, due and payable to the Investor immediately prior to the consummation of the Dissolution Event.

 

   

 

 

(d) Liquidation Priority. In a Liquidity Event or Dissolution Event, this Safe is intended to operate like standard non-participating Preferred Stock. The Investor’s right to receive its Cash-Out Amount is:

 

(i) Junior to payment of outstanding indebtedness and creditor claims, including contractual claims for payment and convertible promissory notes (to the extent such convertible promissory notes are not actually or notionally converted into Capital Stock);

 

(ii) On par with payments for other Safes and/or Preferred Stock, and if the applicable Proceeds are insufficient to permit full payments to the Investor and such other Safes and/or Preferred Stock, the applicable Proceeds will be distributed pro rata to the Investor and such other Safes and/or Preferred Stock in proportion to the full payments that would otherwise be due; and

 

(iii) Senior to payments for Common Stock.

 

The Investor’s right to receive its Conversion Amount is (A) on par with payments for Common Stock and other Safes and/or Preferred Stock who are also receiving Conversion Amounts or Proceeds on a similar as-converted to Common Stock basis, and (B) junior to payments described in clauses (i) and (ii) above (in the latter case, to the extent such payments are Cash-Out Amounts or similar liquidation preferences).

 

(e) Termination. This Safe will automatically terminate (without relieving the Company of any obligations arising from a prior breach of or non-compliance with this Safe) immediately following the earliest to occur of: (i) the issuance of Capital Stock to the Investor pursuant to the automatic conversion of this Safe under Section 1(a); or (ii) the payment, or setting aside for payment, of amounts due the Investor pursuant to Section 1(b) or Section 1(c).

 

2. Definitions

 

Capital Stock” means the capital stock of the Company, including, without limitation, the “Common Stock” and the “Preferred Stock.”

 

Change of Control” means (i) a transaction or series of related transactions in which any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Company having the right to vote for the election of members of the Company’s board of directors, (ii) any reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company, other than a transaction or series of related transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions retain, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions, at least a majority of the total voting power represented by the outstanding voting securities of the Company or such other surviving or resulting entity or (iii) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

 

Converting Securities” includes this Safe and other convertible securities issued by the Company, including but not limited to: (i) other Safes; (ii) convertible promissory notes and other convertible debt instruments; and (iii) convertible securities that have the right to convert into shares of Capital Stock.

 

Dissolution Event” means (i) a voluntary termination of operations, (ii) a general assignment for the benefit of the Company’s creditors or (iii) any other liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company (excluding a Liquidity Event), whether voluntary or involuntary.

 

Dividend Amount” means, with respect to any date on which the Company pays a dividend on its outstanding Common Stock, the amount of such dividend that is paid per share of Common Stock multiplied by (x) the Purchase Amount divided by (y) the Liquidity Price (treating the dividend date as a Liquidity Event solely for purposes of calculating such Liquidity Price).

 

Equity Financing” means a bona fide transaction or series of transactions with the principal purpose of raising capital, pursuant to which the Company issues and sells Preferred Stock at a fixed valuation, including but not limited to, a pre-money or post-money valuation.

 

Initial Public Offering” means the closing of the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten initial public offering of Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act.

 

 -2- 

 

 

Liquidity Capitalization” is calculated as of immediately prior to the Liquidity Event, and (without double- counting):

 

  Includes all shares of Capital Stock issued and outstanding;
  Includes all (i) issued and outstanding Options and (ii) to the extent receiving Proceeds, Promised Options;
  Includes all Converting Securities, other than any Safes and other convertible securities (including without limitation shares of Preferred Stock) where the holders of such securities are receiving Cash-Out Amounts or similar liquidation preference payments in lieu of Conversion Amounts or similar “as-converted” payments; and
  Excludes the Unissued Option Pool.

 

Liquidity Event” means a Change of Control or an Initial Public Offering. “Liquidity Price” means the price per share equal to the Safe Price.

 

Options” includes options, restricted stock awards or purchases, RSUs, SARs, warrants or similar securities, vested or unvested.

 

Proceeds” means cash and other assets (including without limitation stock consideration) that are proceeds from the Liquidity Event or the Dissolution Event, as applicable, and legally available for distribution.

 

Promised Options” means promised but ungranted Options that are the greater of those (i) promised pursuant to agreements or understandings made prior to the execution of, or in connection with, the term sheet for the Equity Financing (or the initial closing of the Equity Financing, if there is no term sheet), or (ii) treated as outstanding Options in the calculation of the Standard Preferred Stock’s price per share.

 

Safe” means an instrument containing a future right to shares of Capital Stock, similar in form and content to this instrument, purchased by investors for the purpose of funding the Company’s business operations. References to “this Safe” mean this specific instrument.

 

Safe Preferred Stock” means the shares of the series of Preferred Stock issued to the Investor in an Equity Financing, having the identical rights, privileges, preferences and restrictions as the shares of Standard Preferred Stock, other than with respect to: (i) the per share liquidation preference and the initial conversion price for purposes of price-based anti-dilution protection, which will equal the Safe Price; and (ii) the basis for any dividend rights, which will be based on the Safe Price.

 

Safe Price” means $2.075 per share.

 

“Standard Preferred Stock” means the shares of the series of Preferred Stock issued to the investors investing new money in the Company in connection with the initial closing of the Equity Financing.

 

Unissued Option Pool” means all shares of Capital Stock that are reserved, available for future grant and not subject to any outstanding Options or Promised Options (but in the case of a Liquidity Event, only to the extent Proceeds are payable on such Promised Options) under any equity incentive or similar Company plan.

 

3. Company Representations

 

(a) The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its state of incorporation, and has the power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and carry on its business as now conducted.

 

 -3- 

 

 

(b) The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Safe is within the power of the Company and has been duly authorized by all necessary actions on the part of the Company (subject to section 3(d)). This Safe constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity. To its knowledge, the Company is not in violation of (i) its current certificate of incorporation or bylaws, (ii) any material statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Company or (iii) any material debt or contract to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound, where, in each case, such violation or default, individually, or together with all such violations or defaults, could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company.

 

  (c) The performance and consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Safe do not and will not: (i) violate any material judgment, statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Company; (ii) result in the acceleration of any material debt or contract to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound; or (iii) result in the creation or imposition of any lien on any property, asset or revenue of the Company or the suspension, forfeiture, or nonrenewal of any material permit, license or authorization applicable to the Company, its business or operations.

 

(d) No consents or approvals are required in connection with the performance of this Safe, other than: (i) the Company’s corporate approvals; (ii) any qualifications or filings under applicable securities laws; and (iii) necessary corporate approvals for the authorization of Capital Stock issuable pursuant to Section 1.

 

(e) To its knowledge, the Company owns or possesses (or can obtain on commercially reasonable terms) sufficient legal rights to all patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, trade secrets, licenses, information, processes and other intellectual property rights necessary for its business as now conducted and as currently proposed to be conducted, without any conflict with, or infringement of the rights of, others.

 

4. Investor Representations

 

(a) The Investor has full legal capacity, power and authority to execute and deliver this Safe and to perform its obligations hereunder. This Safe constitutes valid and binding obligation of the Investor, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity.

 

(b) The Investor is an accredited investor as such term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act, and acknowledges and agrees that if not an accredited investor at the time of an Equity Financing, the Company may void this Safe and return the Purchase Amount. The Investor has been advised that this Safe and the underlying securities have not been registered under the Securities Act, or any state securities laws and, therefore, cannot be resold unless they are registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or unless an exemption from such registration requirements is available. The Investor is purchasing this Safe and the securities to be acquired by the Investor hereunder for its own account for investment, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and the Investor has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same. The Investor has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that the Investor is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of such investment, is able to incur a complete loss of such investment without impairing the Investor’s financial condition and is able to bear the economic risk of such investment for an indefinite period of time.

 

5. Miscellaneous

 

(a) Any provision of this Safe may be amended, waived or modified by written consent of the Company and the Investor.

 

(b) Any notice required or permitted by this Safe will be deemed sufficient when delivered personally or by overnight courier or sent by email to the relevant address listed on the signature page, or 48 hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail as certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address listed on the signature page, as subsequently modified by written notice.

 

(c) The Investor is not entitled, as a holder of this Safe, to vote or be deemed a holder of Capital Stock for any purpose other than tax purposes, nor will anything in this Safe be construed to confer on the Investor, as such, any rights of a Company stockholder or rights to vote for the election of directors or on any matter submitted to Company stockholders, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action or to receive notice of meetings, until shares have been issued on the terms described in Section 1. However, if the Company pays a dividend on outstanding shares of Common Stock (that is not payable in shares of Common Stock) while this Safe is outstanding, the Company will pay the Dividend Amount to the Investor at the same time.

 

 -4- 

 

 

(d) Neither this Safe nor the rights in this Safe are transferable or assignable, by operation of law or otherwise, by either party without the prior written consent of the other; provided, however, that this Safe and/or its rights may be assigned without the Company’s consent by the Investor to any other entity who directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the Investor, including, without limitation, any general partner, managing member, officer or director of the Investor, or any venture capital fund now or hereafter existing which is controlled by one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, the Investor; and provided, further, that the Company may assign this Safe in whole, without the consent of the Investor, in connection with a reincorporation to change the Company’s domicile.

 

(e) In the event any one or more of the provisions of this Safe is for any reason held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, in whole or in part or in any respect, or in the event that any one or more of the provisions of this Safe operate or would prospectively operate to invalidate this Safe, then and in any such event, such provision(s) only will be deemed null and void and will not affect any other provision of this Safe and the remaining provisions of this Safe will remain operative and in full force and effect and will not be affected, prejudiced, or disturbed thereby.

 

(f) All rights and obligations hereunder will be governed by the laws of the State of Washington, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of such jurisdiction.

 

(g) The parties acknowledge and agree that for United States federal and state income tax purposes this Safe is, and at all times has been, intended to be characterized as stock, and more particularly as common stock for purposes of Sections 304, 305, 306, 354, 368, 1036 and 1202 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Accordingly, the parties agree to treat this Safe consistent with the foregoing intent for all United States federal and state income tax purposes (including, without limitation, on their respective tax returns or other informational statements).

 

(Signature page follows)

 

 -5- 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Safe to be duly executed and delivered.

 

  INNOVEGA INC.
     
  By:  
    Stephen Willey
    President and Chief Executive Officer

 

  Address: 11900 NE 1st St., Ste. 300
    Bellevue, Washington 98005
     
  Email: steve@innovega-inc.com

 

  INVESTOR:
     
  By:            
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

   

 

 

Exhibit 3.5

 

INNOVEGA INC.

 

NOTE CONVERSION ACKNOWLEDGMENT

 

This Note Conversion Acknowledgment (“Agreement”) is entered into effective as of __________, 2021, by and between Innovega Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the undersigned holder of one or more convertible promissory notes issued by the Company (“Note Holder”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company issued to the Note Holder one or more Convertible Promissory Notes (each, a “Note”) pursuant to the terms of the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2019, as amended, by and among the Company and the Investors who are parties thereto (the “Note Purchase Agreement”), which Notes were issued to Note Holder on the dates and in the principal amounts as set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

WHEREAS, each Note provides that upon the occurrence of a Qualified Equity Financing (as defined in the Note) in which the Company sells shares of New Preferred Stock (as defined in the Note) which results in gross proceeds to the Company of not less than $750,000 (excluding the aggregate amount of the Notes that are converted into shares of New Preferred Stock), the principal and accrued interest on the Note will automatically convert into equity securities of the Company in accordance with the terms of the Note.

 

WHEREAS, prior to March 31, 2021 the Company intends to initiate an offering of shares of its Series A-1 Preferred Stock in a Qualified Equity Financing pursuant to the exemption of Regulation A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Offering”), in which it proposes to sell a minimum of $750,000 and a maximum of $15,000,000 of shares of its Series A-1 Preferred Stock.

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of each Note, upon the closing of the Offering (such date, the “Conversion Date”), the principal amount and all accrued interest due under each Note will automatically be converted into shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock of the Company (the “Conversion Shares”), with rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions substantially as set forth in the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B), in accordance with the terms of each Note.

 s

WHEREAS, the Note Holder desires to acknowledge the conversion of each Note into Conversion Shares pursuant to the automatic conversion provision of the Note.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Note Holder hereby acknowledges and agrees that:

 

1.Conversion and Cancellation of Note. Note Holder hereby agrees that, effective as of the Closing Date and without any further action on behalf of the Note Holder, (a) all principal and interest accrued as of the Closing Date under each Note will automatically convert into Conversion Shares in accordance with the terms of the Note, (b) all right, title and interest of the Note Holder under the Note will be canceled, released, extinguished and of no further force and effect, (c) the Company will have no further obligations or liabilities under the Note, and (d) the Conversion Shares represent all the equity securities the Note Holder is entitled to receive under the Note. Concurrently with the issuance of the Conversion Shares on the Conversion Date, Note Holder shall deliver to the Company the Note held by the Note Holder for cancellation by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the exchange, surrender, cancellation, and extinguishment of each Note will be effective as of the Conversion Date, whether or not the Note is delivered to and canceled by the Company. The Conversion Shares shall have the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock as set forth in the Company’s Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as may be amended or restated from time to time.

 

2.Representations and Warranties of Note Holder. Note Holder hereby makes and reaffirms all Note Holder representations and warranties contained in Section 3(b) of the Note Purchase Agreement, as if each such representation and warranty was made as of the date hereof, and hereby covenants to the Company that Note Holder will promptly notify the Company in the event that Note Holder is no longer able make such representations and warranties at any time prior to the Conversion Date .

 

3.Termination. In the event that the Conversion Date does not occur prior to March 31, 2020, this Agreement shall terminate and the terms and provisions of each Note shall continue in full force and effect, without regard to any of the terms or conditions of this Agreement.

 

[Signature page follows]

 

 
 

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Acknowledgment is executed as of the date first written above.

 

  NOTE HOLDER
          
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

Signature Page to Innovega Inc. Note Conversion Acknowledgment

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 3.6

 

INNOVEGA INC.

 

SAFE CONVERSION ACKNOWLEDGMENT

 

This SAFE Conversion Acknowledgment (“Agreement”) is entered into effective as of __________, 2021, by and between Innovega Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the undersigned holder of one or more simple agreements for future equity (each, as amended, a “Safe”) issued by the Company (“Safe Holder”). All capitalized terms used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in each Safe.

 

WHEREAS, the Company issued to the Safe Holder one or more Safes on the dates and in the Purchase Amounts as set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

WHEREAS, each Safe provides that upon the initial closing of an Equity Financing, the Safe will automatically convert into the number of shares of Safe Preferred Stock equal to the Purchase Amount divided by the Safe Price of $2.075 per share.

 

WHEREAS, prior to March 31, 2021 the Company intends to initiate an offering of shares of its Series A-1 Preferred Stock in an Equity Financing pursuant to the exemption of Regulation A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Offering”), in which it proposes to sell a minimum of $750,000 and a maximum of $15,000,000 of shares of its Series A-1 Preferred Stock.

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of each Safe, upon the closing of the Offering (such date, the “Conversion Date”), the Purchase Amount of each Safe will automatically be converted into the number of shares of Series A-3 Preferred Stock of the Company set forth on Exhibit A (the “Conversion Shares”), with rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions substantially as set forth in the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B), in accordance with the terms of each Safe.

 

WHEREAS, the Safe Holder desires to acknowledge the conversion of each Safe into Conversion Shares pursuant to the automatic conversion provision of each Safe.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Safe Holder hereby acknowledges and agrees that:

 

1.Conversion and Cancellation of Safe. Safe Holder hereby agrees that, effective as of the Closing Date and without any further action on behalf of the Safe Holder, (a) the Purchase Amount of the Safe will automatically convert into Conversion Shares in accordance with the terms of the Safe, (b) all right, title and interest of the Safe Holder under the Safe will be canceled, released, extinguished and of no further force and effect, (c) the Company will have no further obligations or liabilities under the Safe, and (d) the Conversion Shares represent all the equity securities the Safe Holder is entitled to receive under the Safe. Concurrently with the issuance of the Conversion Shares on the Conversion Date, Safe Holder shall deliver to the Company the Safe held by the Safe Holder for cancellation by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the exchange, surrender, cancellation, and extinguishment of each Safe will be effective as of the Conversion Date, whether or not the Safe is delivered to and canceled by the Company. The Conversion Shares shall have the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of shares of Series A-3 Preferred Stock as set forth in the Company’s Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as may be amended or restated from time to time.

 

2.Representations and Warranties of Safe Holder. Safe Holder hereby makes and reaffirms all Safe Holder representations and warranties contained in Section 4 of the each Safe, as if each such representation and warranty was made as of the date hereof, and hereby covenants to the Company that Safe Holder will promptly notify the Company in the event that Safe Holder is no longer able make such representations and warranties at any time prior to the Conversion Date.

 

3.Termination. In the event that the Conversion Date does not occur prior to March 31, 2020, this Agreement shall terminate and the terms and provisions of each Safe shall continue in full force and effect, without regard to any of the terms or conditions of this Agreement.

 

[Signature page follows]

 

 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Acknowledgment is executed as of the date first written above.

 

  SAFE HOLDER
          
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

Signature Page to Innovega Inc. Safe Conversion Acknowledgment

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 3.7

 

INNOVEGA INC.

 

AMENDMENT TO 2019–2020 SAFES

 

This Amendment to 2019–2020 Safes (this “Amendment”) is entered into by and between Innovega Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Company”), and each of the investors (each, an “Investor”) listed on the signature pages hereto, in each case effective as of the date of such Investor’s signature on its signature page hereto.

 

WHEREAS: Company has sold and issued Simple Agreements for Future Equity (each, a “Safe”) to the Investors prior to the date hereof in an aggregate outstanding principal amount of

$2,331,875.00.

 

WHEREAS: due to a scrivener’s error in the form of Safe, Section 1(a) of each Safe erroneously makes reference to “Standard Preferred Stock” rather than “Safe Preferred Stock.”

 

WHEREAS: Company and each undersigned Investor desires to amend the Safe(s) set forth opposite such Investor’s name on Exhibit A, as set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and each undersigned Investor agree, severally and not jointly, as follows:

 

1. Amendment to Section 1(a). The current Section 1(a) of each Safe entered into between the Company and the undersigned Investor is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with:

 

“(a) Equity Financing. If there is an Equity Financing before the termination of this Safe, on the initial closing of such Equity Financing, this Safe will automatically convert into the number of shares of Safe Preferred Stock equal to the Purchase Amount divided by the Safe Price. In connection with the automatic conversion of this Safe into shares of Safe Preferred Stock, the Investor will execute and deliver to the Company all of the transaction documents related to the Equity Financing; provided, that such documents are the same documents to be entered into with the purchasers of Standard Preferred Stock, and provided further, that such documents have customary exceptions to any drag-along applicable to the Investor, including, without limitation, limited representations and warranties and limited liability and indemnification obligations on the part of the Investor.”

 

2. Miscellaneous. This Amendment and each Safe entered into between the Company and each undersigned Investor, as modified hereby, constitute the entire understanding and agreement between the Company and such Investor with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof, and supersede any prior or contemporaneous written or oral agreements or understandings. This Amendment shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Washington, excluding that body of law relating to conflict of laws. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

(Signature Pages Follow)

 

-1-
 

 

The Company has executed this Amendment with respect to each Safe held by each undersigned Investor effective as of the date of such Investor’s signature set forth on its signature page hereto.

 

  COMPANY:
     
  INNOVEGA INC.
  a Delaware corporation
               
  By:
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

 
 

 

The Company and the undersigned Investor have entered into this Amendment as of the date set forth below.

 

  INVESTOR:
     
  [INVESTOR]
                    
  By:
     
     
  Signature
   
   
  Print name of signatory (if signing for an entity)
   
     
  Print title (if signing for an entity)
   
   
  Date of signature

 

 

 

Exhibit 4

 

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

THIS INVESTMENT INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK. THIS INVESTMENT IS SUITABLE ONLY FOR PERSONS WHO CAN BEAR THE ECONOMIC RISK FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME AND WHO CAN AFFORD TO LOSE THEIR ENTIRE INVESTMENT. FURTHERMORE, INVESTORS MUST UNDERSTAND THAT SUCH INVESTMENT IS ILLIQUID AND IS EXPECTED TO CONTINUE TO BE ILLIQUID FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME. NO PUBLIC MARKET EXISTS FOR THE SECURITIES, AND NO PUBLIC MARKET IS EXPECTED TO DEVELOP FOLLOWING THIS OFFERING.

 

THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES OR BLUE SKY LAWS AND ARE BEING OFFERED AND SOLD IN RELIANCE ON EXEMPTIONS FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND STATE SECURITIES OR BLUE SKY LAWS. ALTHOUGH AN OFFERING STATEMENT HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION (THE “SEC”), THAT OFFERING STATEMENT DOES NOT INCLUDE THE SAME INFORMATION THAT WOULD BE INCLUDED IN A REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. THE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SEC, ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION OR OTHER REGULATORY AUTHORITY, NOR HAVE ANY OF THE FOREGOING AUTHORITIES PASSED UPON THE MERITS OF THIS OFFERING OR THE ADEQUACY OR ACCURACY OF THE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER MATERIALS OR INFORMATION MADE AVAILABLE TO INVESTOR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, OVER THE WEB-BASED PLATFORM MAINTAINED BY SEEDINVEST TECHNOLOGY, LLC (THE “PLATFORM”) OR THROUGH SI SECURITIES, LLC (THE “BROKER”). ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS UNLAWFUL.

 

THE SECURITIES CANNOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT. IN ADDITION, THE SECURITIES CANNOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES OR “BLUE SKY” LAWS.

 

INVESTORS WHO ARE NOT “ACCREDITED INVESTORS” (AS THAT TERM IS DEFINED IN SECTION 501 OF REGULATION D PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) ARE SUBJECT TO LIMITATIONS ON THE AMOUNT THEY MAY INVEST, AS SET OUT IN SECTION 5(g). THE COMPANY IS RELYING ON THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES SET FORTH BY EACH INVESTOR IN THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER INFORMATION PROVIDED BY INVESTOR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING TO DETERMINE THE APPLICABILITY TO THIS OFFERING OF EXEMPTIONS FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

1
 

 

PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS MAY NOT TREAT THE CONTENTS OF THE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT, THE OFFERING CIRCULAR OR ANY OF THE OTHER MATERIALS AVAILIBLE ON THE PLATFORM OR PROVIDED BY THE COMPANY AND/OR BROKER (COLLECTIVELY, THE “OFFERING MATERIALS”), OR ANY PRIOR OR SUBSEQUENT COMMUNICATIONS FROM THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS (INCLUDING “TESTING THE WATERS” MATERIALS) AS INVESTMENT, LEGAL OR TAX ADVICE. IN MAKING AN INVESTMENT DECISION, INVESTORS MUST RELY ON THEIR OWN EXAMINATION OF THE COMPANY AND THE TERMS OF THIS OFFERING, INCLUDING THE MERITS AND THE RISKS INVOLVED.

 

EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT THE INVESTOR’S OWN COUNSEL, ACCOUNTANTS AND OTHER PROFESSIONAL ADVISORS AS TO INVESTMENT, LEGAL, TAX AND OTHER RELATED MATTERS CONCERNING THE INVESTOR’S PROPOSED INVESTMENT.

 

THE OFFERING MATERIALS MAY CONTAIN FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INFORMATION RELATING TO, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE COMPANY, ITS BUSINESS PLAN AND STRATEGY, AND ITS INDUSTRY. THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS ARE BASED ON THE BELIEFS OF, ASSUMPTIONS MADE BY, AND INFORMATION CURRENTLY AVAILABLE TO THE COMPANY’S MANAGEMENT. WHEN USED IN THE OFFERING MATERIALS, THE WORDS “ESTIMATE,” “PROJECT,” “BELIEVE,” “ANTICIPATE,” “INTEND,” “EXPECT” AND SIMILAR EXPRESSIONS ARE INTENDED TO IDENTIFY FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS, WHICH CONSTITUTE FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS. THESE STATEMENTS REFLECT MANAGEMENT’S CURRENT VIEWS WITH RESPECT TO FUTURE EVENTS AND ARE SUBJECT TO RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES THAT COULD CAUSE THE COMPANY’S ACTUAL RESULTS TO DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE CONTAINED IN THE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS. INVESTORS ARE CAUTIONED NOT TO PLACE UNDUE RELIANCE ON THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS, WHICH SPEAK ONLY AS OF THE DATE ON WHICH THEY ARE MADE. THE COMPANY DOES NOT UNDERTAKE ANY OBLIGATION TO REVISE OR UPDATE THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS TO REFLECT EVENTS OR CIRCUMSTANCES AFTER SUCH DATE OR TO REFLECT THE OCCURRENCE OF UNANTICIPATED EVENTS.

 

THE COMPANY MAY NOT BE OFFERING THE SECURITIES IN EVERY STATE. THE OFFERING MATERIALS DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER OR SOLICITATION IN ANY STATE OR JURISDICTION IN WHICH THE SECURITIES ARE NOT BEING OFFERED.

 

THE INFORMATION PRESENTED IN THE OFFERING MATERIALS WAS PREPARED BY THE COMPANY SOLELY FOR THE USE BY PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING. NOTHING CONTAINED IN THE OFFERING MATERIALS IS OR SHOULD BE RELIED UPON AS A PROMISE OR REPRESENTATION AS TO THE FUTURE PERFORMANCE OF THE COMPANY.

 

2
 

 

THE COMPANY RESERVES THE RIGHT IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION AND FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER TO MODIFY, AMEND AND/OR WITHDRAW ALL OR A PORTION OF THE OFFERING AND/OR ACCEPT OR REJECT IN WHOLE OR IN PART ANY PROSPECTIVE INVESTMENT IN THE SECURITIES OR TO ALLOT TO ANY PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR LESS THAN THE AMOUNT OF SECURITIES SUCH INVESTOR DESIRES TO PURCHASE. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED, THE OFFERING MATERIALS SPEAK AS OF THEIR DATE. NEITHER THE DELIVERY NOR THE PURCHASE OF THE SECURITIES SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THAT DATE.

 

To: Innovega Inc.
  11900 NE 1st Street
Bellevue, Washington 98005

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

1. Subscription.

 

(a) The undersigned (“Investor”) hereby irrevocably subscribes for and agrees to purchase shares (the “Shares”) of Series A – 1 Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Series A -1 Preferred Stock”), of Innovega Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), at a purchase price of $3.00 per share of Series A-1 Preferred Stock (the “Per Security Price”), rounded down to the nearest whole share based on Investor’s subscription amount, upon the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Subscription”). The minimum subscription is $999.00. SeedInvest Auto Invest participants have a lower investment minimum of $198.00. The purchase price of each Share is payable in the manner provided in Section 3(a) below. The Shares being subscribed for under this Subscription Agreement and the Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of such Shares are sometimes referred to herein as the “Securities.” The rights and preferences of the Shares are as set forth in the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, available in the Exhibits to the Offering Statement of the Company filed with the SEC (the “Offering Statement”).

 

(b) Investor understands that the Shares are being offered pursuant to the Offering Circular dated February 1, 2021 and its exhibits (the “Offering Circular”) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). By subscribing to the Offering, Investor acknowledges that Investor has received a copy of the Offering Statement and any other information required by Investor to make an investment decision with respect to the Shares.

 

(c) This Subscription may be accepted or rejected in whole or in part, at any time prior to the Termination Date (as hereinafter defined), by the Company at its sole discretion, subject to the conditions set forth herein. In addition, the Company, at its sole discretion, may allocate to Investor only a portion of the number of the Shares that Investor has subscribed to purchase hereunder. The Company will notify Investor whether this subscription is accepted (whether in whole or in part) or rejected. If Investor’s subscription is rejected, Investor’s payment (or portion thereof if partially rejected) will be returned to Investor without interest and all of Investor’s obligations hereunder shall terminate. Tendered funds will be transmitted promptly to the Escrow Agent (as hereinafter defined), and returned promptly to Investor if the Minimum Offering (as hereinafter defined) is not met prior to the Termination Date.

 

3
 

 

(d) The aggregate number of shares of Series A-1 Preferred that may be sold by the Company in this offering shall not exceed 5,000,000 shares (the “Maximum Shares”). The Company may accept subscriptions until the earlier of: 1) the date at which the Maximum Shares are sold, 2) 12 months from date the Offering Circular is filed with the Securities Exchange Commission, or 3) as sooner terminated by the Company (the “Termination Date”). Providing that subscriptions for $750,000 (the “Minimum Offering”) and all other requirements for a closing are met, the Company may elect at any time to close all or any portion of this offering on various dates (each a “Closing”).

 

(e) In the event of rejection of this subscription in its entirety, or in the event the sale of the Shares (or any portion thereof) to Investor is not consummated for any reason, this Subscription Agreement shall have no force or effect, except for Section 6 hereof, which shall remain in force and effect.

 

(f) The terms of this Subscription Agreement shall be binding upon Investor and its transferees, heirs, successors and assigns (collectively, “Transferees”); provided that for any such transfer to be deemed effective, the Transferee shall have executed and delivered to the Company in advance an instrument in form acceptable to the Company in its sole discretion, pursuant to which the proposed Transferee shall be acknowledge, agree, and be bound by the representations and warranties of Investor, terms of this Subscription Agreement, and the Company consents to the transfer in its sole discretion.

 

2. Joinder to Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement. By subscribing to the Offering and executing this Subscription Agreement, Investor (and, if Investor is purchasing the Shares subscribed for hereby in a fiduciary capacity, the person or persons for whom Investor is so purchasing) hereby joins as a party that is designated as an “Investor” under the Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement dated as of ____________, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Stockholders’ Rights Agreement”). Any notice required or permitted to be given to Investor under the Stockholders’ Rights Agreement shall be given to Investor at the address provided with Investor’s subscription. Investor confirms that Investor has reviewed the Stockholders’ Rights Agreement and will be bound by the terms thereof as a party who is designated as an “Investor” under the Stockholders’ Rights Agreement.

 

3. Purchase Procedure.

 

(a) Payment. The purchase price for the Shares shall be paid simultaneously with Investor’s subscription.

 

4
 

 

(b) Escrow Arrangements. Payment for the Shares by Investor shall be received by SI Securities, LLC from each Investor by ACH electronic transfer, debit card, wire transfer of immediately available funds, or other means approved by the Company, prior to a Closing in the amount of Investor’s subscription. Tendered funds will be promptly sent to the Bryn Mawr Trust Company of Delaware (the “Escrow Agent”) and remain in escrow until the Minimum Offering is met and a Closing has occurred. Investments shall be transmitted promptly to the Escrow Agent in compliance with Rule 15c2-4 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). In the event that the Minimum Offering has not been met by the Termination Date, any money tendered by Investors in the offering will be promptly returned by the Escrow Agent.

 

Upon a successful Closing, the Escrow Agent shall release Investor’s funds to the Company. The Investor shall receive notice and evidence of the digital entry of the number of the Shares owned by Investor reflected on the books and records of the Company and verified by VStock Transfer, LLC the “Transfer Agent”), which books and records shall bear a notation that the Shares were sold in reliance upon Regulation A of the Securities Act. Upon written instruction by the Investor, the Transfer Agent may record the Shares beneficially owned by the Investor on the books and records of the Company in the name of any other entity as designated by the Investor.

 

4. Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company represents and warrants to Investor that the following representations and warranties are true and complete in all material respects as of the date of each Closing, except as otherwise indicated. For purposes of this Subscription Agreement, an individual shall be deemed to have “knowledge” of a particular fact or other matter if such individual is actually aware of such fact. The Company will be deemed to have “knowledge” of a particular fact or other matter if one of the Company’s current officers has, or at any time had, actual knowledge of such fact or other matter.

 

(a) Organization and Standing. The Company is a corporation duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Company has all requisite power and authority to own and operate its properties and assets, to execute and deliver this Subscription Agreement, the Shares and any other agreements or instruments required hereunder. The Company is duly qualified and is authorized to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in all jurisdictions in which the nature of its activities and of its properties (both owned and leased) makes such qualification necessary, except for those jurisdictions in which failure to do so would not have a material adverse effect on the Company or its business.

 

(b) Issuance of the Shares. The issuance, sale and delivery of the Shares in accordance with this Subscription Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company. The Shares, when issued, sold and delivered against payment therefor in accordance with the provisions of this Subscription Agreement, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

5
 

 

(c) Authority for Agreement. The acceptance by the Company of this Subscription Agreement and of Investor’s joinder as a party to the Stockholders’ Rights Agreement, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, are within the Company’s powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company. Upon the Company’s acceptance of this Subscription Agreement, this Subscription Agreement and the Stockholders’ Agreement shall constitute a valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies and (iii) with respect to provisions relating to indemnification and contribution, as limited by considerations of public policy and by federal or state securities laws.

 

(d) No Filings. Assuming the accuracy of Investor’s representations and warranties set forth in Section 5 hereof, no order, license, consent, authorization or approval of, or exemption by, or action by or in respect of, or notice to, or filing or registration with, any governmental body, agency or official is required by or with respect to the Company in connection with the acceptance, delivery and performance by the Company of this Subscription Agreement except (i) for such filings as may be required under Regulation A or under any applicable state securities laws, (ii) for such other filings and approvals as have been made or obtained, or (iii) where the failure to obtain any such order, license, consent, authorization, approval or exemption or give any such notice or make any filing or registration would not have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company to perform its obligations hereunder.

 

(e) Capitalization. The outstanding shares of Common Stock, Series Preferred Stock, options, warrants and other securities of the Company immediately prior to the initial Closing is as set forth in “Security Being Offered” in the Offering Circular. Except as set forth in the Offering Circular, there are no outstanding options, warrants, rights (including conversion or preemptive rights and rights of first refusal), or agreements of any kind (oral or written) for the purchase or acquisition from the Company of any of its securities.

 

(f) Financial Statements. Complete copies of the Company’s financial statements, consisting of the statement of financial position of the Company as of its fiscal year end on December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, and the related consolidated statements of income and cash flows for the respective periods then ended (collectively, the “Financial Statements”), have been made available to Investor and appear in the Offering Circular. The Financial Statements are based on the books and records of the Company and fairly present the financial condition of the Company as of the respective dates they were prepared and the results of the operations and cash flows of the Company for the respective periods indicated. Fruci & Associates II, PLLC, which has audited the Financial Statements at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, and for each fiscal year then ended, is an independent accounting firm within the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC.

 

(g) Proceeds. The Company shall use the proceeds from the issuance and sale of the shares of Series A-1 Preferred sold in the offering as set forth in “Use of Proceeds” in the Offering Circular.

 

(h) Litigation. Except as disclosed in the Offering Circular, there is no pending action, suit, proceeding, arbitration, mediation, complaint, claim, charge or investigation before any court, arbitrator, mediator or governmental body, or to the Company’s knowledge, currently threatened in writing (a) against the Company or (b) to the Company’s knowledge, against any consultant, officer, manager, director or key employee of the Company arising out of his or her consulting, employment or board relationship with the Company or that could otherwise materially impact the Company.

 

6
 

 

5. Representations and Warranties of Investor. By subscribing to the Offering, Investor (and, if Investor is purchasing the Shares subscribed for hereby in a fiduciary capacity, the person or persons for whom Investor is so purchasing) represents and warrants, which representations and warranties are true and complete in all material respects as of the date of each Closing:

 

(a) Requisite Power and Authority. Investor has all necessary power and authority under all applicable provisions of law to subscribe to the Offering, to execute and deliver this Subscription Agreement, to join as a party to the Stockholders’ Agreement and to carry out the provisions of such respective agreements. All action on Investor’s part required for the lawful subscription to the offering have been or will be effectively taken prior to the Closing. Upon subscribing to the Offering, this Subscription Agreement and the Stockholders’ Rights Agreement will be valid and binding obligations of Investor, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights and (ii) as limited by general principles of equity that restrict the availability of equitable remedies.

 

(b) Company Information. Investor has had such opportunity as Investor deems necessary (which opportunity may have presented through online chat or commentary functions) to discuss the Company’s business, management and financial affairs with managers, officers and management of the Company and has had the opportunity to review the Company’s operations and facilities. Investor has also had the opportunity to ask questions of and receive answers from the Company and its management regarding the terms and conditions of this investment. Investor acknowledges that except as set forth herein, no representations or warranties have been made to Investor, or to Investor’s advisors or representative, by the Company or others with respect to the business or prospects of the Company or its financial condition.

 

(c) Investment Experience. Investor has sufficient experience in financial and business matters to be capable of utilizing such information to evaluate the merits and risks of Investor’s investment in the Shares, and to make an informed decision relating thereto; or Investor has utilized the services of a purchaser representative and together they have sufficient experience in financial and business matters that they are capable of utilizing such information to evaluate the merits and risks of Investor’s investment in the Shares, and to make an informed decision relating thereto.

 

(d) Investor Determination of Suitability. Investor has evaluated the risks of an investment in the Shares, including those described in the section of the Offering Circular captioned “Risk Factors”, and has determined that the investment is suitable for Investor. Investor has adequate financial resources for an investment of this character, and at this time Investor could bear a complete loss of Investor’s investment in the Company.

 

7
 

 

(e) No Registration. Investor understands that the Shares are not being registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), on the ground that the issuance thereof is exempt under Regulation A of Section 3(b) of the Securities Act, and that reliance on such exemption is predicated in part on the truth and accuracy of Investor’s representations and warranties, and those of the other purchasers of the shares of Series A-1 Preferred in the offering. Investor further understands that the Shares are not being registered under the securities laws of any states on the basis that the issuance thereof is exempt as an offer and sale not involving a registerable public offering in such state, since the Shares are “covered securities” under the National Securities Market Improvement Act of 1996. Investor covenants not to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any Shares unless such Shares have been registered under the Securities Act and under applicable state securities laws, or exemptions from such registration requirements are available.

 

(f) Illiquidity and Continued Economic Risk. Investor acknowledges and agrees that there is no ready public market for the Shares and that there is no guarantee that a market for their resale will ever exist. The Company has no obligation to list any of the Shares on any market or take any steps (including registration under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) with respect to facilitating trading or resale of the Shares. Investor must bear the economic risk of this investment indefinitely and Investor acknowledges that Investor is able to bear the economic risk of losing Investor’s entire investment in the Shares.

 

(g) Accredited Investor Status or Investment Limits. Investor represents that either:

 

(i) Investor is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act; or

 

(ii) The purchase price, together with any other amounts previously used to purchase Shares in this offering, does not exceed 10% of the greater of Investor’s annual income or net worth (or in the case where Investor is a non-natural person, their revenue or net assets for such Investor’s most recently completed fiscal year end).

 

Investor represents that to the extent it has any questions with respect to its status as an accredited investor, or the application of the investment limits, it has sought professional advice.

 

(h) Stockholder Information. Within five days after receipt of a request from the Company, Investor hereby agrees to provide such information with respect to its status as a stockholder (or potential stockholder) and to execute and deliver such documents as may reasonably be necessary to comply with any and all laws and regulations to which the Company is or may become subject, including, without limitation, the need to determine the accredited status of the Company’s stockholders. Investor further agrees that in the event it transfers any Securities, it will require the transferee of such Securities to agree to provide such information to the Company as a condition of such transfer.

 

(i) Valuation. Investor acknowledges that the price of the shares of Series A-1 Preferred to be sold in this offering was set by the Company on the basis of the Company’s internal valuation and no warranties are made as to value. Investor further acknowledges that future offerings of securities of the Company may be made at lower valuations, with the result that Investor’s investment will bear a lower valuation.

 

8
 

 

(j) Domicile. Investor maintains Investor’s domicile (and is not a transient or temporary resident) at the address provided with Investors subscription.

 

(k) Foreign Investors. If Investor is not a United States person (as defined by Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended), Investor hereby represents that it has satisfied itself as to the full observance of the laws of its jurisdiction in connection with any invitation to subscribe for the Shares or any use of this Subscription Agreement, including (i) the legal requirements within its jurisdiction for the purchase of the Shares, (ii) any foreign exchange restrictions applicable to such purchase, (iii) any governmental or other consents that may need to be obtained, and (iv) the income tax and other tax consequences, if any, that may be relevant to the purchase, holding, redemption, sale, or transfer of the Shares. Investor’s subscription and payment for and continued beneficial ownership of the Shares will not violate any applicable securities or other laws of Investor’s jurisdiction.

 

6. Indemnity. The representations, warranties and covenants made by Investor herein shall survive the closing of this Subscription Agreement. Investor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and its respective officers, directors and affiliates, and each other person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever (including, but not limited to, any and all reasonable attorneys’ fees, including attorneys’ fees on appeal) and expenses reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any false representation or warranty or breach of failure by Investor to comply with any covenant or agreement made by Investor herein or in any other document furnished by Investor to any of the foregoing in connection with this transaction.

 

7. Governing Law; Jurisdiction. This Subscription Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

EACH OF INVESTOR AND THE COMPANY CONSENTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION LOCATED WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND NO OTHER PLACE AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT ALL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS RELATING TO THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT MAY BE LITIGATED IN SUCH COURTS. EACH OF INVESTORS AND THE COMPANY ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND HIMSELF AND IN CONNECTION WITH ITS AND HIS RESPECTIVE PROPERTIES, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS AND WAIVES ANY DEFENSE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES TO BE BOUND BY ANY JUDGMENT RENDERED THEREBY IN CONNECTION WITH THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT. INVESTOR AND THE COMPANY FURTHER IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF PROCESS OUT OF ANY OF THE AFOREMENTIONED COURTS IN THE MANNER AND IN THE ADDRESS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 8 AND THE SIGNATURE PAGE OF THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT. HOWEVER, NOTHING IN THIS PARAGRAPH SHALL BE CONSTRUED TO BE APPLICABLE TO ANY ACTION ARISING UNDER THE FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS.

 

9
 

 

EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT OR THE ACTIONS OF EITHER PARTY IN THE NEGOTIATION, ADMINISTRATION, PERFORMANCE AND ENFORCEMENT THEREOF, EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO ALSO WAIVES ANY BOND OR SURETY OR SECURITY UPON SUCH BOND WHICH MIGHT, BUT FOR THIS WAIVER, BE REQUIRED OF SUCH PARTY. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO FURTHER WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT IT HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT IT KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED EITHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING, AND THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT. BY AGREEING TO THIS PROVISION, EACH INVESTOR WILL NOT BE DEEMED TO HAVE WAIVED THE COMPANY’S COMPLIANCE WITH U.S. FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS AND THE RULES AND REGULATIONS PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.

 

8. Notices. Notice, requests, demands and other communications relating to this Subscription Agreement and the transactions contemplated herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if and when (a) delivered personally, on the date of such delivery; or (b) mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, in the third day after the posting thereof; or (c) emailed, telecopied or cabled on the date of such delivery to the address of the respective parties as follows:

 

If to the Company, to:

 

Innovega Inc.

11900 NE 1st Street

Bellevue, Washington 98005

 

If to Investor, at Investor’s address supplied in connection with this subscription, or to such other address as may be specified by written notice from time to time by the party entitled to receive such notice. Any notices, requests, demands or other communications by email shall be confirmed by letter given in accordance with (a) or (b) above.

 

9. Miscellaneous.

 

(a) All pronouns and any variations thereof shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the person or persons or entity or entities may require.

 

10
 

 

(b) The representations, warranties and agreements contained herein shall be deemed to be made by and be binding upon Investor and its heirs, executors, administrators and successors and shall inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns.

 

(c) None of the provisions of this Subscription Agreement may be waived, changed or terminated orally or otherwise, except as specifically set forth herein or except by a writing signed by the Company and Investor.

 

(d) In the event any part of this Subscription Agreement is found to be void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions are intended to be separable and binding with the same effect as if the void or unenforceable part were never the subject of agreement.

 

(e) The invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of one or more of the provisions of this Subscription Agreement in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of the remainder of this Subscription Agreement in such jurisdiction or the validity, legality or enforceability of this Subscription Agreement, including any such provision, in any other jurisdiction, it being intended that all rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

(f) This Subscription Agreement supersedes all prior discussions and agreements between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and contains the sole and entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

(g) The terms and provisions of this Subscription Agreement are intended solely for the benefit of each party hereto and their respective successors and assigns, and it is not the intention of the parties to confer, and no provision hereof shall confer, third-party beneficiary rights upon any other person.

 

(h) The headings used in this Subscription Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and do not define or limit the provisions hereof.

 

(i) This Subscription Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

(j) No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Subscription Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

10. Subscription Procedure. Each Investor, by providing his or her name and subscription amount and clicking “accept” and/or checking the appropriate box on the Platform (“Online Acceptance”), confirms such Investor’s investment through the Platform and confirms such Investor’s electronic signature to this Subscription Agreement. Investor agrees that his or her electronic signature as provided through Online Acceptance is the legal equivalent of his or her manual signature on this Subscription Agreement and Online Acceptance establishes such Investor’s acceptance of the terms and conditions of this Subscription Agreement.

 

11

 

Exhibit 6.1

 

INNOVEGA INC.

 

2008 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

1. Purposes of the Plan. The purposes of this Plan are:

 

  to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility,
     
  to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants, and
     
  to promote the success of the Company’s business.

 

The Plan permits the grant of Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.

 

2. Definitions. As used herein, the following definitions will apply:

 

(a) “Administrator” means the Board or any of its Committees as will be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

 

(b) “Applicable Laws” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Awards are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

 

(c) “Award” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, or Restricted Stock Units.

 

(d) “Award Agreement” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(e) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(f) “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(i) Change in Ownership of the Company. A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“Person”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company, except that any change in the ownership of the stock of the Company as a result of a private financing of the Company that is approved by the Board will not be considered a Change in Control; or

 

   
 

 

(ii) Change in Effective Control of the Company. If the Company has a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, a change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this clause (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

 

(iii) Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Company’s Assets. A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions. For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

 

For purposes of this Section 2(f), persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

 

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

 

(g) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to a section of the Code herein will be a reference to any successor or amended section of the Code.

 

(h) “Committee” means a committee of Directors or of other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board, or by the compensation committee of the Board, in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

 

(i) “Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company.

 

(j) “Company” means Innovega Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

 

 -2- 
 

 

(k) “Consultant” means any person, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary to render services to such entity.

 

(l) “Director” means a member of the Board.

 

(m) “Disability” means total and permanent disability as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3), provided that in the case of Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, the Administrator in its discretion may determine whether a permanent and total disability exists in

accordance with uniform and non-discriminatory standards adopted by the Administrator from time to time.

 

(n) “Employee” means any person, including officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company will be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

 

(o) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(p) “Exchange Program” means a program under which (i) outstanding Awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for Awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices and different terms), Awards of a different type, and/or cash, (ii) Participants would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Administrator, and/or (iii) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is reduced or increased. The Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of any Exchange Program in its sole discretion.

 

(q) “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

 

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market or the Nasdaq Capital Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

 

(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share will be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination (or, if no bids and asks were reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such bids and asks were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or

 

(iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

 

 -3- 
 

 

(r) “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option that by its terms qualifies and is otherwise intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Code Section 422 and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(s) “Nonstatutory Stock Option” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(t) “Option” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

(u) “Parent” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(e).

 

(v) “Participant” means the holder of an outstanding Award.

 

(w) “Period of Restriction” means the period during which the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock are subject to restrictions and therefore, the Shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Such restrictions may be based on the passage of time, the achievement of target levels of performance, or the occurrence of other events as determined by the Administrator.

 

(x) “Plan” means this 2008 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

(y) “Restricted Stock” means Shares issued pursuant to an Award of Restricted Stock under Section 8 of the Plan, or issued pursuant to the early exercise of an Option.

 

(z) “Restricted Stock Unit” means a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share, granted pursuant to Section 9. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company.

 

(aa) “Service Provider” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

 

(bb) “Share” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 13 of the Plan.

 

(cc) “Stock Appreciation Right” means an Award, granted alone or in connection with an Option, that pursuant to Section 7 is designated as a Stock Appreciation Right.

 

(dd) “Subsidiary” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(f).

 

3. Stock Subject to the Plan.

 

(a) Stock Subject to the Plan. Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be subject to Awards and sold under the Plan is 3,902,732 Shares. The Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

 

 -4- 
 

 

(b) Lapsed Awards. If an Award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, or, with respect to Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, is forfeited to or repurchased by the Company due to the failure to vest, the unpurchased Shares (or for Awards other than Options or Stock Appreciation Rights the forfeited or repurchased Shares) which were subject thereto will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). With respect to Stock Appreciation Rights, only Shares actually issued pursuant to a Stock Appreciation Right will cease to be available under the Plan; all remaining Shares under Stock Appreciation Rights will remain available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan under any Award will not be returned to the Plan and will not become available for future distribution under the Plan; provided, however, that if Shares issued pursuant to Awards of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units are repurchased by the Company or are forfeited to the Company due to the failure to vest, such Shares will become available for future grant under the Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an Award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an Award will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan. To the extent an Award under the Plan is paid out in cash rather than Shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing and, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 13, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will equal the aggregate Share number stated in Section 3(a), plus, to the extent allowable under Code Section 422 and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, any Shares that become available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Section 3(b).

 

(c) Share Reserve. The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

 

4. Administration of the Plan.

 

(a) Procedure.

 

(i) Multiple Administrative Bodies. Different Committees with respect to different groups of Service Providers may administer the Plan.

 

(ii) Other Administration. Other than as provided above, the Plan will be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee, which Committee will be constituted to satisfy Applicable Laws.

 

(b) Powers of the Administrator. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator will have the authority, in its discretion:

 

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value;

 

(ii) to select the Service Providers to whom Awards may be granted hereunder;

  

(iii) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

 

 -5- 
 

 

(iv) to approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan;

 

(v) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator will determine;

 

(vi) to institute and determine the terms and conditions of an Exchange Program;

 

(vii) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan;

 

(viii) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws;

 

(ix) to modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 18(c) of the Plan), including but not limited to the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of Awards and to extend the maximum term of an Option (subject to Section 6(d));

 

(x) to allow Participants to satisfy withholding tax obligations in a manner prescribed in Section 14;

 

(xi) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator;

 

(xii) to allow a Participant to defer the receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that otherwise would be due to such Participant under an Award; and

 

(xiii) to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.

 

(c) Effect of Administrator’s Decision. The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all Participants and any other holders of Awards.

 

5. Eligibility. Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, and Restricted Stock Units may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

 

 -6- 
 

 

6. Stock Options.

 

(a) Grant of Options. Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Options in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

 

(b) Option Agreement. Each Award of an Option will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Option, the number of Shares subject to the Option, the exercise restrictions, if any, applicable to the Option, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

 

(c) Limitations. Each Option will be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. Notwithstanding such designation, however, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), such Options will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 6(c), Incentive Stock Options will be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, the Fair Market Value of the Shares will be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted, and calculation will be performed in accordance with Code Section 422 and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(d) Term of Option. The term of each Option will be stated in the Award Agreement; provided, however, that the term will be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option will be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement.

 

(e) Option Exercise Price and Consideration.

 

(i) Exercise Price. The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option will be determined by the Administrator, but will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. In addition, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Employee who owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(e)(i), Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price of less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Code Section 424(a).

 

(ii) Waiting Period and Exercise Dates. At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator will fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and will determine any conditions that must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised.

 

 -7- 
 

 

(iii) Form of Consideration. The Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant. Such consideration may consist entirely of: (1) cash; (2) check; (3) promissory note, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, (4) other Shares, provided that such Shares have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option will be exercised and provided further that accepting such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion; (5) consideration received by the Company under cashless exercise program (whether through a broker or otherwise) implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan; (6) by net exercise, (7) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, or (8) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator will consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company.

 

(f) Exercise of Option.

 

(i) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder. Any Option granted hereunder will be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

 

An Option will be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) notice of exercise (in such form as the Administrator may specify from time to time) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised (together with applicable tax withholding). Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Award Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option will be issued in the name of the Participant or, if requested by the Participant, in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to an Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company will issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

 

Exercising an Option in any manner will decrease the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

 

 -8- 
 

 

(ii) Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider. If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, other than upon the Participant’s termination as the result of the Participant’s death or Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination. In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for three (3) months following the Participant’s termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

 

(iii) Disability of Participant. If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination. In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Participant’s termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

 

(iv) Death of Participant. If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death, by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to the Participant’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Participant, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Participant’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Participant’s termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if at the time of death Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will immediately revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

 

7. Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

(a) Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, a Stock Appreciation Right may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion.

 

(b) Number of Shares. The Administrator will have complete discretion to determine the number of Shares subject to any Award of Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

 -9- 
 

 

(c) Exercise Price and Other Terms. The per Share exercise price for the Shares that will determine the amount of the payment to be received upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right as set forth in Section 7(f) will be determined by the Administrator and will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Otherwise, the Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, will have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan.

 

(d) Stock Appreciation Right Agreement. Each Stock Appreciation Right grant will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Stock Appreciation Right, the conditions of exercise, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

 

(e) Expiration of Stock Appreciation Rights. A Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan will expire upon the date determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rules of Section 6(d) relating to the maximum term and Section 6(f) relating to exercise also will apply to Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

(f) Payment of Stock Appreciation Right Amount. Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, a Participant will be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:

 

(i) The difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price; times

 

(ii) The number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised.

 

At the discretion of the Administrator, the payment upon Stock Appreciation Right exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof.

 

8. Restricted Stock.

 

(a) Grant of Restricted Stock. Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of Restricted Stock to Service Providers in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

 

(b) Restricted Stock Agreement. Each Award of Restricted Stock will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Period of Restriction, the number of Shares granted, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Company as escrow agent will hold Shares of Restricted Stock until the restrictions on such Shares have lapsed.

 

(c) Transferability. Except as provided in this Section 8 or as the Administrator determines, Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction.

 

(d) Other Restrictions. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may impose such other restrictions on Shares of Restricted Stock as it may deem advisable or appropriate.

 

 -10- 
 

 

(e) Removal of Restrictions. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 8, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock grant made under the Plan will be released from escrow as soon as practicable after the last day of the Period of Restriction or at such other time as the Administrator may determine. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

 

(f) Voting Rights. During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares, unless the Administrator determines otherwise.

 

(g) Dividends and Other Distributions. During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares, unless the Administrator provides otherwise. If any such dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, the Shares will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.

 

(h) Return of Restricted Stock to Company. On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock for which restrictions have not lapsed will revert to the Company and again will become available for grant under the Plan.

 

9. Restricted Stock Units.

 

(a) Grant. Restricted Stock Units may be granted at any time and from time to time as determined by the Administrator. After the Administrator determines that it will grant Restricted Stock Units, it will advise the Participant in an Award Agreement of the terms, conditions, and restrictions related to the grant, including the number of Restricted Stock Units.

 

(b) Vesting Criteria and Other Terms. The Administrator will set vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which the criteria are met, will determine the number of Restricted Stock Units that will be paid out to the Participant. The Administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of Company-wide, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

 

(c) Earning Restricted Stock Units. Upon meeting the applicable vesting criteria, the Participant will be entitled to receive a payout as determined by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time after the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout.

 

(d) Form and Timing of Payment. Payment of earned Restricted Stock Units will be made as soon as practicable after the date(s) determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may settle earned Restricted Stock Units in cash, Shares, or a combination of both.

 

 -11- 
 

 

(e) Cancellation. On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned Restricted Stock Units will be forfeited to the Company.

 

10. Compliance With Code Section 409A. Awards will be designed and operated in such a manner that they are either exempt from the application of, or comply with, the requirements of Code Section 409A, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. The Plan and each Award Agreement under the Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A and will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. To the extent that an Award or payment, or the settlement or deferral thereof, is subject to Code Section 409A the Award will be granted, paid, settled or deferred in a manner that will meet the requirements of Code Section 409A, such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A.

 

11. Leaves of Absence/Transfer Between Locations. Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Awards granted hereunder will be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence. A Participant will not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, or any Subsidiary. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed three (3) months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then six (6) months following the first (1st) day of such leave, any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant will cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and will be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 

12. Limited Transferability of Awards. Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, Awards may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Section 16a-1(h) and Section 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively) with respect to such securities, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant.

 

13. Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Merger or Change in Control.

 

(a) Adjustments. In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will adjust the number and class of Shares that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of Shares covered by each outstanding Award.

 

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator will notify each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

 

 -12- 
 

 

(c) Merger or Change in Control. In the event of a merger or Change in Control, each outstanding Award will be treated as the Administrator determines without a Participant’s consent, including, without limitation, that (i) Awards will be assumed, or substantially equivalent Awards will be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof) with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices; (ii) upon written notice to a Participant, that the Participant’s Awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such merger or Change in Control; (iii) outstanding Awards will vest and become exercisable, realizable, or payable, or restrictions applicable to an Award will lapse, in whole or in part prior to or upon consummation of such merger or Change in Control, and, to the extent the Administrator determines, terminate upon the effectiveness of such merger of Change in Control; (iv) (A) the termination of an Award in exchange for an amount of cash and/or property, if any, equal to the amount that would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction the Administrator determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment), or (B) the replacement of such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion; or (v) any combination of the foregoing. In taking any of the actions permitted under this subsection 13(c), the Administrator will not be obligated to treat all Awards, all Awards held by a Participant, or all Awards of the same type, similarly.

 

In the event that the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for the Award (or portion thereof), the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of his or her outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, including Shares as to which such Awards would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met. In addition, if an Option or Stock Appreciation Right is not assumed or substituted in the event of a merger or Change in Control, the Administrator will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

 

For the purposes of this subsection 13(c), an Award will be considered assumed if, following the merger or Change in Control, the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the merger or Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right or upon the payout of a Restricted Stock Unit, for each Share subject to such Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the merger or Change in Control.

 

 -13- 
 

 

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 13(c) to the contrary, an Award that vests, is earned or paid-out upon the satisfaction of one or more performance goals will not be considered assumed if the Company or its successor modifies any of such performance goals without the Participant’s consent; provided, however, a modification to such performance goals only to reflect the successor corporation’s post-Change in Control corporate structure will not be deemed to invalidate an otherwise valid Award assumption.

 

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 13(c) to the contrary, if a payment under an Award Agreement is subject to Code Section 409A and if the change in control definition contained in the Award Agreement does not comply with the definition of “change of control” for purposes of a distribution under Code Section 409A, then any payment of an amount that is otherwise accelerated under this Section will be delayed until the earliest time that such payment would be permissible under Code Section 409A without triggering any penalties applicable under Code Section 409A.

 

14. Tax Withholding.

 

(a) Withholding Requirements. Prior to the delivery of any Shares or cash pursuant to an Award (or exercise thereof), the Company will have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required to be withheld with respect to such Award (or exercise thereof).

 

(b) Withholding Arrangements. The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit a Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part by (without limitation) (i) paying cash, (ii) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld, (iii) delivering to the Company already-owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the statutory amount required to be withheld, provided the delivery of such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion, or (iv) selling a sufficient number of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant through such means as the Administrator may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount required to be withheld. The amount of the withholding requirement will be deemed to include any amount which the Administrator agrees may be withheld at the time the election is made, not to exceed the amount determined by using the maximum federal, state or local marginal income tax rates applicable to the Participant with respect to the Award on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld or delivered will be determined as of the date that the taxes are required to be withheld.

 

 -14- 
 

 

15. No Effect on Employment or Service. Neither the Plan nor any Award will confer upon a Participant any right with respect to continuing the Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor will they interfere in any way with the Participant’s right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.

 

16. Date of Grant. The date of grant of an Award will be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination will be provided to each Participant within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

 

17. Term of Plan. Subject to Section 21 of the Plan, the Plan will become effective upon its adoption by the Board. Unless sooner terminated under Section 18, it will continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years from the later of (a) the effective date of the Plan, or (b) the earlier of the most recent Board or stockholder approval of an increase in the number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan.

 

18. Amendment and Termination of the Plan.

 

(a) Amendment and Termination. The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

 

(b) Stockholder Approval. The Company will obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

 

(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination. No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan will impair the rights of any Participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company. Termination of the Plan will not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

 

19. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares.

 

(a) Legal Compliance. Shares will not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares will comply with Applicable Laws and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

 

(b) Investment Representations. As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

 

 -15- 
 

 

20. Inability to Obtain Authority. The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, will relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority will not have been obtained.

 

21. Stockholder Approval. The Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

 

22. Information to Participants. Beginning on the date that the aggregate number of Participants under this Plan is five hundred (500) or more and until such time as the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act, the Company will provide to each Participant the information described in Rule 701 paragraphs (e)(3), (4), and (5) of Rule 701 under the Securities Act not less frequently than every six (6) months with the financial statements being not more than 180 days old and with such information provided either by physical or electronic delivery to the Participants or by written notice to the Participants of the availability of the information on an Internet site that may be password-protected and of any password needed to access the information. The Company may request that Participants agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential. If a Participant does not agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential, then the Company will not be required to provide the information.

 

 -16- 
 

 

APPENDIX A

 

TO

 

INNOVEGA INC. 2008 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

(for California residents only, to the extent required by 25102(o))

 

This Appendix A to the Innovega Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan shall apply only to the Participants who are residents of the State of California and who are receiving an Award under the Plan. Capitalized terms contained herein shall have the same meanings given to them in the Plan, unless otherwise provided by this Appendix A. Notwithstanding any provisions contained in the Plan to the contrary and to the extent required by Applicable Laws, the following terms shall apply to all Awards granted to residents of the State of California, until such time as the Administrator amends this Appendix A or the Administrator otherwise provides.

 

(a) The term of each Option shall be stated in the Award Agreement, provided, however, that the term shall be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof.

 

(b) Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, Awards may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Section 16a-1(h) and Section 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively) with respect to such securities, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant. If the Administrator makes an Award transferable, such Award may only be transferred (i) by will, (ii) by the laws of descent and distribution, or (iii) as permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities Act.

 

(c) If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, such Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as specified in the Award Agreement, which shall not be less than thirty (30) days following the date of the Participant’s termination, to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for three (3) months following the Participant’s termination.

 

(d) If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as specified in the Award Agreement, which shall not be less than six (6) months following the date of the Participant’s termination, to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Participant’s termination.

 

   
 

 

(e) If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within such period of time as specified in the Award Agreement, which shall not be less than six (6) months following the date of the Participant’s death, to the extent the Option is vested on the date of death (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, personal representative, or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Participant’s termination.

 

(f) No Award shall be granted to a resident of California more than ten (10) years after the earlier of the date of adoption of the Plan or the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders.

 

(g) In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will adjust the number and class of Shares that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of Shares covered by each outstanding Award; provided, however, that the Administrator will make such adjustments to an Award required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code to the extent the Company is relying upon the exemption afforded thereby with respect to the Award.

 

(h) This Appendix A shall be deemed to be part of the Plan and the Administrator shall have the authority to amend this Appendix A in accordance with Section 18 of the Plan.

 

 -2- 
 

 

INNOVEGA INC.

 

2008 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN AMENDMENTS

 

Action  Section Affected  Board Approval
2008 Equity Incentive Plan adopted; 1,000,000 shares reserved for issuance  N/A  8/28/2008
       
500,000 shares added for new total of 1,500,000  3  2/14/10
       
100,000 shares added for new total of 1,600,000  3  5/23/13
       
200,000 shares added for new total of 1,800,000  3  8/28/14
       
150,000 shares added for new total of 1,950,000  3  10/18/16
       
1,952,732 shares added for new total of 3,902,732  3  6/11/17
       
3,587,864 shares added for new total of 7,490,596  3  1/13/21

 

   

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 8.1

 

ESCROW AGREEMENT

 

FOR SECURITIES OFFERING

 

THIS ESCROW AGREEMENT, dated as of               (“Escrow Agreement”), is by and between SI Securities, LLC (“SI Securities”),                                        ,                                    a                   (“Issuer”), and The Bryn Mawr Trust Company of Delaware (“BMTC DE”), a Delaware entity, as Escrow Agent hereunder (“Escrow Agent”). Capitalized terms used herein, but not otherwise defined, shall have the meaning set forth in that certain Issuer Agreement by and between Issuer and SI Securities executed prior hereto (the “Issuer Agreement”).

 

BACKGROUND

 

A. Issuer has engaged SI Securities to offer for the sale of Securities on a “best efforts” basis pursuant to the Issuer Agreement.

 

B. Subscribers to the Securities (the “Subscribers” and individually, a “Subscriber”) will be required to submit full payment for their respective investments at the time they enter into subscription agreements.

 

C. All payments in connection with subscriptions for Securities shall be sent directly to the Escrow Agent, and Escrow Agent has agreed to accept, hold, and disburse such funds deposited with it thereon in accordance with the terms of this Escrow Agreement.

 

D. In order to establish the escrow of funds and to effect the provisions of the Offering Document, the parties hereto have entered into this Escrow Agreement.

 

STATEMENT OF AGREEMENT

 

NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, for themselves, their successors and assigns, hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Definitions. In addition to the terms defined above, the following terms shall have the following meanings when used herein:

 

Business Days” shall mean days when banks are open for business in the State of Delaware.

 

Investment” shall mean the dollar amount of Securities proposed to be purchased by the Subscriber in full. Subscribers may subscribe by tendering funds via debit card, wire, or ACH only to the account specified in Exhibit A attached herein or another account specified by SI Securities at the time of subscription for prompt forwarding to the account listed in Exhibit A, checks will not be accepted. Wire and/or ACH instructions are subject to change, and may differ if funds are being sent from an international account. In the event these instructions change they will be updated and provided by Escrow Agent to SI Securities.

 

-1-
 

 

Escrow Funds” shall mean the funds deposited with the Escrow Agent pursuant to this Escrow Agreement.

 

Expiration Date” means the date that is one year from the qualification of the Offering by the Commission.

 

Minimum Offering” shall have the definition as set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

Minimum Offering Notice” shall mean a written notification, signed by SI Securities, pursuant to which the SI Securities shall represent that, to its actual knowledge, all Closing Conditions have been met.

 

Closing Conditions” shall include, but are not limited to, SI Securities determining in its sole discretion that at the time of a closing, the Minimum Offering has been met, the investment remains suitable for investors, investors have successfully passed ID, KYC, AML, OFAC, and suitability screening, and that Issuer has completed all actions required by it as communicated by SI Securities at the time of a closing.

 

Offering” shall have the meaning set forth in the Issuer Agreement.

 

Securities” shall have the meaning set forth in the Issuer Agreement.

 

Subscription Accounting” shall mean an accounting of all subscriptions for Securities received for the Offering as of the date of such accounting, indicating for each subscription the Subscriber’s name, social security number and address, the number and total purchase price of subscribed Securities, the date of receipt of the Investment, and notations of any nonpayment of the Investment submitted with such subscription, any withdrawal of such subscription by the Subscriber, any rejection of such subscription by Issuer, or other termination, for whatever reason, of such subscription.

 

2. Appointment of and Acceptance by Escrow Agent. The other parties hereto hereby appoint Escrow Agent to serve as escrow agent hereunder, and Escrow Agent hereby accepts such appointment in accordance with the terms of this Escrow Agreement. Escrow Agent hereby agrees to hold all Investments related to the Offering in escrow pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

-2-
 

 

3. Deposits into Escrow. a. All Investments shall be delivered directly to the Escrow Agent for deposit into the Escrow Account described on Exhibit A hereto. Investments shall be transmitted promptly to the Escrow Agent in compliance with Rule 15c2-4.

 

Each such deposit shall be accompanied by the following documents:

 

  (1) a report containing such Subscriber’s name, social security number or taxpayer identification number, address and other information required for withholding purposes;
     
  (2) a Subscription Accounting; and
     
  (3) instructions regarding the investment of such deposited funds in accordance with Section 6 hereof.

 

ALL FUNDS SO DEPOSITED SHALL REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF THE SUBSCRIBERS ACCORDING TO THEIR RESPECTIVE INTERESTS AND SHALL NOT BE SUBJECT TO ANY LIEN OR CHARGE BY ESCROW AGENT OR BY JUDGMENT OR CREDITORS’ CLAIMS AGAINST ISSUER UNTIL RELEASED OR ELIGIBLE TO BE RELEASED TO ISSUER IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 4(a) HEREOF.

 

b. The parties hereto understand and agree that all Investments received by Escrow Agent hereunder are subject to collection requirements of presentment and final payment, and that the funds represented thereby cannot be drawn upon or disbursed until such time as final payment has been made and is no longer subject to dishonor. Upon receipt, Escrow Agent shall process each Investment for collection, and the proceeds thereof shall be held as part of the Escrow Funds until disbursed in accordance with Section 4 hereof. If, upon presentment for payment, any Investment is dishonored, Escrow Agent’s sole obligation shall be to notify the parties hereto of such dishonor and to promptly return such Investment to the applicable investor.

 

Upon receipt of any Investment that represents payment of an amount less than or greater than the Subscriber’s initial proposed Investment, Escrow Agent’s sole obligation shall be to notify the parties hereto of such fact and to promptly return such Investment to the applicable investor.

 

4. Disbursements of Escrow Funds.

 

a. Completion of Offering. Subject to the provisions of Section 10 hereof, Escrow Agent shall pay to Issuer the liquidated value of the Escrow Funds, by Automated Clearing House (“ACH”), no later than one (1) business day following receipt of the following documents:

 

(1) A Minimum Offering Notice;

 

(2) Instruction Letter (as defined below); and

 

(3) Such other certificates, notices or other documents as Escrow Agent shall reasonably require.

 

-3-
 

 

The Escrow Agent shall disburse the Escrow Funds by ACH from the Escrow Account in accordance with written instructions signed by SI Securities as to the disbursement of such funds (the “Instruction Letter”) in accordance with this Section 4(a). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Escrow Agent shall not be obligated to disburse the Escrow Funds to Issuer if Escrow Agent has reason to believe that (a) Investments in full payment for that number of Securities equal to or greater than the Minimum Offering have not been received, deposited with and collected by the Escrow Agent, or (b) any of the certifications and opinions set forth in the Minimum Offering Notice are incorrect or incomplete.

 

After the initial disbursement of Escrow Funds to Issuer pursuant to this Section 4(a), Escrow Agent shall pay to Issuer any additional funds received with respect to the Securities, by ACH, no later than one (1) business day after receipt.

 

It is understood that any ACH transaction must comply with U. S law. However, BMTC DE is not responsible for errors in the completion, accuracy, or timeliness of any transfer properly initiated by BMTC DE in accordance with joint written instructions occasioned by the acts or omissions of any third party financial institution or a party to the transaction, or the insufficiency or lack of availability of your funds on deposit in an external account.

 

b. Rejection of Any Subscription or Termination of the Offering. Promptly after receipt by Escrow Agent of written notice (i) from Issuer that the Issuer intends to reject a Subscriber’s subscription, (ii) from Issuer or SI Securities that there will be no closing of the sale of Securities to Subscribers, (iii) from any federal or state regulatory authority that any application by Issuer to conduct a banking business has been denied, or (iv) from the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal or state regulatory authority that a stop or similar order has been issued with respect to the Offering Document and has remained in effect for at least twenty (20) days, Escrow Agent shall pay to the applicable Subscriber(s), by ACH , the amount of the Investment paid by each Subscriber.

 

c. Expiration of Offering Period. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if Escrow Agent shall not have received a Minimum Offering Notice on or before the Expiration Date, or the offering has been sooner terminated by Issuer, Escrow Agent shall, without any further instruction or direction from SI Securities or Issuer, promptly return to each Subscriber, by debit, ACH, or Wire transfer, the Investment made by such Subscriber.

 

-4-
 

 

5. Suspension of Performance or Disbursement Into Court. If, at any time, (i) there shall exist any dispute between SI Securities, Issuer, Escrow Agent, any Subscriber or any other person with respect to the holding or disposition of all or any portion of the Escrow Funds or any other obligations of Escrow Agent hereunder, or (ii) if at any time Escrow Agent is unable to determine, to Escrow Agent’s reasonable satisfaction, the proper disposition of all or any portion of the Escrow Funds or Escrow Agent’s proper actions with respect to its obligations hereunder, or (iii) if SI Securities and Issuer have not within 30 days of the furnishing by Escrow Agent of a notice of resignation pursuant to Section 7 hereof appointed a successor Escrow Agent to act hereunder, then Escrow Agent may, in its reasonable discretion, take either or both of the following actions:

 

a. suspend the performance of any of its obligations (including without limitation any disbursement obligations) under this Escrow Agreement until such dispute or uncertainty shall be resolved to the sole satisfaction of Escrow Agent or until a successor Escrow Agent shall have been appointed (as the case may be).

 

b. petition (by means of an interpleader action or any other appropriate method) any court of competent jurisdiction in any venue convenient to Escrow Agent, for instructions with respect to such dispute or uncertainty, and to the extent required or permitted by law, pay into such court all funds held by it in the Escrow Funds for holding and disposition in accordance with the instructions of such court.

 

Escrow Agent shall have no liability to Issuer, any Subscriber or any other person with respect to any such suspension of performance or disbursement into court, specifically including any liability or claimed liability that may arise, or be alleged to have arisen, out of or as a result of any delay in the disbursement of the Escrow Funds or any delay in or with respect to any other action required or requested of Escrow Agent.

 

6. Investment of Funds. Escrow Agent will not commingle Escrow Funds received by it in escrow with funds of others and shall not invest such Escrow Funds. The Escrow Funds will be held in a non-interest bearing account.

 

7. Resignation of Escrow Agent. Escrow Agent may resign and be discharged from the performance of its duties hereunder at any time by giving ten (10) days prior written notice to the SI Securities and the Issuer specifying a date when such resignation shall take effect. Upon any such notice of resignation, SI Securities and Issuer jointly shall appoint a successor Escrow Agent hereunder prior to the effective date of such resignation. The retiring Escrow Agent shall transmit all records pertaining to the Escrow Funds and shall pay all Escrow Funds to the successor Escrow Agent, after making copies of such records as the retiring Escrow Agent deems advisable. After any retiring Escrow Agent’s resignation, the provisions of this Escrow Agreement shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Escrow Agent under this Escrow Agreement. Any corporation or association into which the Escrow Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation or association to which all or substantially all of the escrow business of the Escrow Agent’s corporate trust line of business may be transferred, shall be the Escrow Agent under this Escrow Agreement without further act.

 

-5-
 

 

8. Liability of Escrow Agent.

 

a. The Escrow Agent undertakes to perform only such duties as are expressly set forth herein and no duties shall be implied. The Escrow Agent shall have no liability under and no duty to inquire as to the provisions of any agreement other than this Escrow Agreement, including without limitation the Offering Document. The Escrow Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith except to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction determines that the Escrow Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct was the primary cause of any loss to the Issuer or any Subscriber. Escrow Agent’s sole responsibility shall be for the safekeeping and disbursement of the Escrow Funds in accordance with the terms of this Escrow Agreement. Escrow Agent shall have no implied duties or obligations and shall not be charged with knowledge or notice of any fact or circumstance not specifically set forth herein. Escrow Agent may rely upon any notice, instruction, request or other instrument, not only as to its due execution, validity and effectiveness, but also as to the truth and accuracy of any information contained therein, which Escrow Agent shall believe to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the person or parties purporting to sign the same. In no event shall Escrow Agent be liable for incidental, indirect, special, consequential or punitive damages (including, but not limited to lost profits), even if the Escrow Agent has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action. Escrow Agent shall not be obligated to take any legal action or commence any proceeding in connection with the Escrow Funds, any account in which Escrow Funds are deposited, this Escrow Agreement or the Offering Document, or to appear in, prosecute or defend any such legal action or proceeding. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Escrow Agent shall not be responsible for or required to enforce any of the terms or conditions of any subscription agreement with any Subscriber or any other agreement between Issuer and any Subscriber. Escrow Agent shall not be responsible or liable in any manner for the performance by Issuer or any Subscriber of their respective obligations under any subscription agreement nor shall Escrow Agent be responsible or liable in any manner for the failure of Issuer or any third party (including any Subscriber) to honor any of the provisions of this Escrow Agreement. Escrow Agent may consult legal counsel selected by it in the event of any dispute or question as to the construction of any of the provisions hereof or of any other agreement or of its duties hereunder, or relating to any dispute involving any party hereto, and shall incur no liability and shall be fully indemnified from any reasonable liability whatsoever in acting in accordance with the reasonable opinion or instruction of such counsel. Issuer shall promptly pay, upon demand, the reasonable fees and expenses of any such counsel.

 

b. The Escrow Agent is authorized, in its sole discretion, to comply with orders issued or process entered by any court with respect to the Escrow Funds, without determination by the Escrow Agent of such court’s jurisdiction in the matter. If any portion of the Escrow Funds is at any time attached, garnished or levied upon under any court order, or in case the payment, assignment, transfer, conveyance or delivery of any such property shall be stayed or enjoined by any court order, or in case any order, judgment or decree shall be made or entered by any court affecting such property or any part thereof, then and in any such event, the Escrow Agent is authorized, in its reasonable discretion, to rely upon and comply with any such order, writ, judgment or decree which it is advised by legal counsel selected by it is binding upon it without the need for appeal or other action; and if the Escrow Agent complies with any such order, writ, judgment or decree, it shall not be liable to any of the parties hereto or to any other person or entity by reason of such compliance even though such order, writ, judgment or decree may be subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside or vacated. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Escrow Agent shall provide the Issuer and SI Securities with immediate notice of any such court order or similar demand and the opportunity to interpose an objection or obtain a protective order.

 

-6-
 

 

9. Indemnification of Escrow Agent. From and at all times after the date of this Escrow Agreement, Issuer shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Escrow Agent and each director, officer, employee, attorney, agent and affiliate of Escrow Agent (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties”) against any and all actions, claims (whether or not valid), losses, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses of any kind or nature whatsoever (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses) incurred by or asserted against any of the Indemnified Parties from and after the date hereof, whether direct, indirect or consequential, as a result of or arising from or in any way relating to any claim, demand, suit, action or proceeding (including any inquiry or investigation) by any person, including without limitation Issuer, whether threatened or initiated, asserting a claim for any legal or equitable remedy against any person under any statute or regulation, including, but not limited to, any federal or state securities laws, or under any common law or equitable cause or otherwise, arising from or in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution, performance or failure of performance of this Escrow Agreement or any transactions contemplated herein, whether or not any such Indemnified Party is a party to any such action, proceeding, suit or the target of any such inquiry or investigation; provided, however, that no Indemnified Party shall have the right to be indemnified hereunder for any liability finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, subject to no further appeal, to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Party. Each Indemnified Party shall, in its sole discretion, have the right to select and employ separate counsel with respect to any action or claim brought or asserted against it, and the reasonable fees of such counsel shall be paid upon demand by the Issuer. The obligations of Issuer under this Section 9 shall survive any termination of this Escrow Agreement and the resignation or removal of Escrow Agent.

 

10. Compensation to Escrow Agent.

 

a. Fees and Expenses. SI Securities shall compensate Escrow Agent for its services hereunder in accordance with Exhibit A attached hereto and, in addition, shall reimburse Escrow Agent for all of its reasonable pre-approved out-of-pocket expenses, including attorneys’ fees, travel expenses, telephone and facsimile transmission costs, postage (including express mail and overnight delivery charges), copying charges and the like. The additional provisions and information set forth on Exhibit A are hereby incorporated by this reference, and form a part of this Escrow Agreement. All of the compensation and reimbursement obligations set forth in this Section 10 shall be payable by SI Securities upon demand by Escrow Agent. The obligations of SI Securities under this Section 10 shall survive any termination of this Escrow Agreement and the resignation or removal of Escrow Agent.

 

b. Disbursements from Escrow Funds to Pay Escrow Agent. The Escrow Agent is authorized to and may disburse from time to time, to itself or to any Indemnified Party from the Escrow Funds (but only to the extent of Issuer’s rights thereto), the amount of any compensation and reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses due and payable hereunder (including any amount to which Escrow Agent or any Indemnified Party is entitled to seek indemnification pursuant to Section 9 hereof). Escrow Agent shall notify Issuer of any disbursement from the Escrow Funds to itself or to any Indemnified Party in respect of any compensation or reimbursement hereunder and shall furnish to Issuer copies of all related invoices and other statements.

 

-7-
 

 

c. Security and Offset. Issuer hereby grants to Escrow Agent and the Indemnified Parties a security interest in and lien upon the Escrow Funds (to the extent of Issuer’s rights thereto) to secure all obligations hereunder, and Escrow Agent and the Indemnified Parties shall have the right to offset the amount of any compensation or reimbursement due any of them hereunder (including any claim for indemnification pursuant to Section 9 hereof) against the Escrow Funds (to the extent of Issuer’s rights thereto.) If for any reason the Escrow Funds available to Escrow Agent and the Indemnified Parties pursuant to such security interest or right of offset are insufficient to cover such compensation and reimbursement, Issuer shall promptly pay such amounts to Escrow Agent and the Indemnified Parties upon receipt of an itemized invoice.

 

11. Representations and Warranties. a. Each party hereto respectively makes the following representations and warranties to Escrow Agent:

 

(1) It is a corporation or limited liability company duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the state of its incorporation or organization, and has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Escrow Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder.

 

(2) This Escrow Agreement has been duly approved by all necessary corporate action, including any necessary shareholder or membership approval, has been executed by its duly authorized officers, and constitutes its valid and binding agreement, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

(3) The execution, delivery, and performance of this Escrow Agreement will not violate, conflict with, or cause a default under its articles of incorporation, articles of organization or bylaws, operating agreement or other organizational documents, as applicable, any applicable law or regulation, any court order or administrative ruling or decree to which it is a party or any of its property is subject, or any agreement, contract, indenture, or other binding arrangement to which it is a party or any of its property is subject. The execution, delivery and performance of this Escrow Agreement is consistent with and accurately described in the Offering Document.

 

(4) It hereby acknowledges that the status of Escrow Agent is that of agent only for the limited purposes set forth herein, and hereby represents and covenants that no representation or implication shall be made that the Escrow Agent has investigated the desirability or advisability of investment in the Securities or has approved, endorsed or passed upon the merits of the investment therein and that the name of the Escrow Agent has not and shall not be used in any manner in connection with the offer or sale of the Securities other than to state that the Escrow Agent has agreed to serve as escrow agent for the limited purposes set forth herein.

 

(5) All of its representations and warranties contained herein are true and complete as of the date hereof and will be true and complete at the time of any deposit to or disbursement from the Escrow Funds.

 

b. Issuer further represents and warrants to Escrow Agent that no party other than the parties hereto and the prospective Subscribers have, or shall have, any lien, claim or security interest in the Escrow Funds or any part thereof. No financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code is on file in any jurisdiction claiming a security interest in or describing (whether specifically or generally) the Escrow Funds or any part thereof.

 

-8-
 

 

c. SI Securities further represents and warrants to Escrow Agent that the deposit with Escrow Agent by SI Securities of Investments pursuant to Section 3 hereof shall be deemed a representation and warranty by SI Securities that such Investment represents a bona fide sale to the Subscriber described therein of the amount of Securities set forth therein, subject to and in accordance with the terms of the Offering Document.

 

12. Identifying Information. Issuer and SI Securities acknowledge that a portion of the identifying information set forth on Exhibit A is being requested by the Escrow Agent in connection with the USA Patriot Act, Pub.L.107-56 (the “Act”). To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, Federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person who opens an account. For a non-individual person such as a business entity, a charity, a Trust, or other legal entity, we ask for documentation to verify its formation and existence as a legal entity. We may also ask to see financial statements, licenses, identification and authorization documents from individuals claiming authority to represent the entity or other relevant documentation.

 

13. Consent to Jurisdiction and Venue. In the event that any party hereto commences a lawsuit or other proceeding relating to or arising from this Escrow Agreement, the parties hereto agree that the United States District Court for the State of Delaware shall have the sole and exclusive jurisdiction over any such proceeding. If such court lacks federal subject matter jurisdiction, the parties agree that the Circuit Court in and for State of Delaware shall have sole and exclusive jurisdiction. Any of these courts shall be proper venue for any such lawsuit or judicial proceeding and the parties hereto waive any objection to such venue. The parties hereto consent to and agree to submit to the jurisdiction of any of the courts specified herein and agree to accept service of process to vest personal jurisdiction over them in any of these courts.

 

14. Notice. All notices, approvals, consents, requests, and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when the writing is delivered if given or delivered by hand, overnight delivery service or facsimile transmitter (with confirmed receipt) to the address or facsimile number set forth on Exhibit A hereto, or to such other address as each party may designate for itself by like notice, and shall be deemed to have been given on the date deposited in the mail, if mailed, by first-class, registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, addressed as set forth on Exhibit A hereto, or to such other address as each party may designate for itself by like notice.

 

15. Amendment or Waiver. This Escrow Agreement may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by a writing signed by SI Securities, Issuer, and Escrow Agent. No delay or omission by any party in exercising any right with respect hereto shall operate as a waiver. A waiver on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to, or waiver of, any right or remedy on any future occasion.

 

-9-
 

 

16. Severability. To the extent any provision of this Escrow Agreement is prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Escrow Agreement.

 

17. Governing Law. This Escrow Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

 

18. Entire Agreement. This Escrow Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties relating to the acceptance, collection, holding, investment and disbursement of the Escrow Funds and sets forth in their entirety the obligations and duties of the Escrow Agent with respect to the Escrow Funds.

 

19. Binding Effect. All of the terms of this Escrow Agreement, as amended from time to time, shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the respective successors and assigns of SI Securities, Issuer and Escrow Agent.

 

20. Execution in Counterparts. This Escrow Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, which when so executed shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

21. Termination. Upon the first to occur of the disbursement of all amounts in the Escrow Funds or deposit of all amounts in the Escrow Funds into court pursuant to Section 5 or Section 8 hereof, this Escrow Agreement shall terminate and Escrow Agent shall have no further obligation or liability whatsoever with respect to this Escrow Agreement or the Escrow Funds.

 

22. Dealings. The Escrow Agent and any stockholder, director, officer or employee of the Escrow Agent may buy, sell, and deal in any of the securities of the Issuer and become pecuniarily interested in any transaction in which the Issuer may be interested, and contract and lend money to the Issuer and otherwise act as fully and freely as though it were not Escrow Agent under this Escrow Agreement. Nothing herein shall preclude the Escrow Agent from acting in any other capacity for the Issuer or any other entity.

 

-10-
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Escrow Agreement to be executed under seal as of the date first above written.

 

  By:  
  Name:   
  Title:  

 

  BMTC DE, as Escrow Agent
     
  By:  
  Name:  Robert W. Eaddy
  Title: President

 

  SI SECURITIES, LLC
     
  By:             
  Name: Ryan M. Feit
  Title: CEO

 

-11-
 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

1. Definitions: Minimum Offering” means $______________ of Securities (including both offline and online investments through SI Securities or otherwise).
     
2. Offering Type: “Regulation A”
       
3. ACH/Wire instructions:    
    Bank Name Bryn Mawr Trust Company
    Address 801 Lancaster Ave, Bryn Mawr PA 19010
    Routing Number 031908485
    Account Number 069-6964
    Account Name Trust Funds
    Further Instructions SeedInvest – Deal Name
       
4. Escrow Agent Fees.    
       
  Escrow Administration Fee: $100.00 for each break letter after the first four
    $750.00 escrow account fee

 

The fees quoted in this schedule apply to services ordinarily rendered in the administration of an Escrow Account and are subject to reasonable adjustment based on final review of documents, or when the Escrow Agent is called upon to undertake unusual duties or responsibilities, or as changes in law, procedures, or the cost of doing business demand. Services in addition to and not contemplated in this Escrow Agreement, including, but not limited to, document amendments and revisions, non-standard cash and/or investment transactions, calculations, notices and reports, and legal fees, will be billed as extraordinary expenses.

 

Extraordinary fees are payable to the Escrow Agent for duties or responsibilities not expected to be incurred at the outset of the transaction, not routine or customary, and not incurred in the ordinary course of business. Payment of extraordinary fees is appropriate where particular inquiries, events or developments are unexpected, even if the possibility of such things could have been identified at the inception of the transaction.

 

Unless otherwise indicated, the above fees relate to the establishment of one escrow account. Additional sub-accounts governed by the same Escrow Agreement may incur an additional charge. Transaction costs include charges for wire transfers, internal transfers and securities transactions.

 

 
 

 

5. Notice Addresses.

 

If to Issuer at:
  ATTN:
  Telephone:
  E-mail:
   
If to the Escrow Agent at: The Bryn Mawr Trust Company
  20 Montchanin Road, Suite 100
  Greenville, DE 19807
  ATTN: Robert W. Eaddy
  Telephone: 302-798-1792
  E-mail: readdy@bmtc.com
   
If to SI Securities at: SI Securities, LLC
  222 Broadway, 19th Fl.
  New York, NY 10038
  ATTN: Ryan M. Feit
  Telephone: 646.291.2161 ext. 700
  Email: ryan@seedinvest.com

 

 

 

Exhibit 11

 

 

802 N Washington St

Spokane, WA 99201

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the use, in this Offering Statement on Form 1-A of our independent auditor’s report dated February 1, 2021, with respect to our audit of the financial statements of Innovega, Inc. which comprise the balance sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the related statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes to the financial statements.

 

 

Spokane, Washington

February 1, 2021